Conflicts:
arch/arm/mach-ux500/cache-l2x0.c
arch/arm/mach-ux500/clock.c
arch/arm/mach-ux500/cpu.c
arch/arm/mach-ux500/mbox-db5500.c
arch/arm/mach-ux500/platsmp.c
arch/arm/mach-ux500/timer.c
Resolve lots of identical conflicts between the removal of
u5500 and the addition of u8540.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Patches c22402a2f ("sched/fair: Let minimally loaded cpu balance the
group") and 0ce90475 ("sched/fair: Add some serialization to the
sched_domain load-balance walk") are horribly broken so revert them.
The problem is that while it sounds good to have the minimally loaded
cpu do the pulling of more load, the way we walk the domains there is
absolutely no guarantee this cpu will actually get to the domain. In
fact its very likely it wont. Therefore the higher up the tree we get,
the less likely it is we'll balance at all.
The first of mask always walks up, while sucky in that it accumulates
load on the first cpu and needs extra passes to spread it out at least
guarantees a cpu gets up that far and load-balancing happens at all.
Since its now always the first and idle cpus should always be able to
balance so they get a task as fast as possible we can also do away
with the added serialization.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-rpuhs5s56aiv1aw7khv9zkw6@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Move drivers/input/fixp-arith.h to include/linux so that the functions
defined there can be used by other subsystems, for instance some video
devices ISPs can control the output HUE value by setting registers for
sin(HUE) and cos(HUE).
Signed-off-by: Antonio Ospite <ospite@studenti.unina.it>
Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
This used to be the default if the lock pointer was set, but now that lock is by
default only used for ioctl serialization. Those drivers that already used
core locking have this flag set explicitly, except for some drivers where
it was obvious that there was no need to serialize any file operations other
than ioctl.
The drivers that didn't need this flag were:
drivers/media/radio/dsbr100.c
drivers/media/radio/radio-isa.c
drivers/media/radio/radio-keene.c
drivers/media/radio/radio-miropcm20.c
drivers/media/radio/radio-mr800.c
drivers/media/radio/radio-tea5764.c
drivers/media/radio/radio-timb.c
drivers/media/video/vivi.c
sound/i2c/other/tea575x-tuner.c
The other drivers that use core locking and where it was not immediately
obvious that this flag wasn't needed were changed so that the flag is set
together with a comment that that driver needs work to avoid having to
set that flag. This will often involve taking the core lock in the fops
themselves.
Eventually this flag should go and it should not be used in new drivers.
There are a few reasons why we want to avoid core locking of non-ioctl
fops: in the case of mmap this can lead to a deadlock in rare situations
since when mmap is called the mmap_sem is held and it is possible for
other parts of the code to take that lock as well (copy_from_user()/copy_to_user()
perform a down_read(&mm->mmap_sem) when a page fault occurs).
It is very unlikely that that happens since the core lock serializes all
fops, but the kernel warns about it if lock validation is turned on.
For poll it is also undesirable to take the core lock as that can introduce
increased latency. The same is true for read/write.
While it was possible to make flags or something to turn on/off taking the
core lock for each file operation, in practice it is much simpler to just
not take it at all except for ioctl and leave it to the driver to take the
lock. There are only a handful fops compared to the zillion ioctls we have.
I also wanted to make it obvious which drivers still take the lock for all
fops, so that's why I chose to have drivers set it explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Rather than testing whether an ioctl is implemented in the driver or not
every time the ioctl is called, do it upfront when the device is registered.
This also allows a driver to disable certain ioctls based on the capabilities
of the detected board, something you can't do today without creating separate
v4l2_ioctl_ops structs for each new variation.
For the most part it is pretty straightforward, but for control ioctls a flag
is needed since it is possible that you have per-filehandle controls, and that
can't be determined upfront of course.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Using the V4L2 core lock is a very robust method that is usually very good
at doing the right thing. But some drivers, particularly USB drivers, may
want to prevent the core from taking the lock for specific ioctls, particularly
buffer queuing ioctls.
The reason is that certain commands like S_CTRL can take a long time to process
over USB and all the time the core has the lock, preventing VIDIOC_DQBUF from
proceeding, even though a frame may be ready in the queue.
This introduces unwanted latency.
Since the buffer queuing commands often have their own internal lock it is
often not necessary to take the core lock. Drivers can now say that they don't
want the core to take the lock for specific ioctls.
As it is a specific opt-out it makes it clear to the reviewer that those
ioctls will need more care when reviewing.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Add driver for SMIA++/SMIA image sensors. The driver exposes the sensor as
three subdevs, pixel array, binner and scaler --- in case the device has a
scaler.
Currently it relies on the board code for external clock handling. There is
no fast way out of this dependency before the ISP drivers (omap3isp) among
others will be able to export that clock through the clock framework
instead.
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@maxwell.research.nokia.com>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Add lane configuration (order of clock and data lane) to platform data on
both CCP2 and CSI-2.
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
XCLK definitions are often required by the board code. Move them to public
include file.
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy
sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use
several locks to serialise its functions.
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
v4l2_subdev_link_validate() is the default op for validating a link. In V4L2
subdev context, it is used to call a pad op which performs the proper link
check without much extra work.
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
The purpose of the link_validate() op is to allow an entity driver to ensure
that the properties of the pads at the both ends of the link are suitable
for starting the pipeline. link_validate is called on sink pads on active
links which belong to the active part of the graph.
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Add three other colour orders for 10-bit to 8-bit DPCM compressed raw bayer
pixel formats.
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Add control class for image processing controls. The control class deals
with controls processing image, for example digital gain or noise filtering,
which can be present in any part of the pipeline.
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Add image source control class. This control class is intended to contain
low level controls which deal with control of the image capture process ---
the A/D converter in image sensors, for example.
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
V4L2 uses the enum type in IOCTL arguments in IOCTLs that were defined until
the use of enum was considered less than ideal. Recently Rémi Denis-Courmont
brought up the issue by proposing a patch to convert the enums to unsigned:
<URL:http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-media/msg46167.html>
This sparked a long discussion where another solution to the issue was
proposed: two sets of IOCTL structures, one with __u32 and the other with
enums, and conversion code between the two:
<URL:http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-media/msg47168.html>
Both approaches implement a complete solution that resolves the problem. The
first one is simple but requires assuming enums and __u32 are the same in
size (so we won't break the ABI) while the second one is more complex and
less clean but does not require making that assumption.
The issue boils down to whether enums are fundamentally different from __u32
or not, and can the former be substituted by the latter. During the
discussion it was concluded that the __u32 has the same size as enums on all
archs Linux is supported: it has not been shown that replacing those enums
in IOCTL arguments would break neither source or binary compatibility. If no
such reason is found, just replacing the enums with __u32s is the way to go.
This is what this patch does. This patch is slightly different from Remi's
first RFC (link above): it uses __u32 instead of unsigned and also changes
the arguments of VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY and VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi@remlab.net>
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Pull the v3.5 RCU tree from Paul E. McKenney:
1) A set of improvements and fixes to the RCU_FAST_NO_HZ feature
(with more on the way for 3.6). Posted to LKML:
https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/23/324 (commits 1-3 and 5),
https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/16/611 (commit 4),
https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/30/390 (commit 6), and
https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/5/4/410 (commit 7, combined with
the other commits for the convenience of the tester).
2) Changes to make rcu_barrier() avoid disrupting execution of CPUs
that have no RCU callbacks. Posted to LKML:
https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/23/322.
3) A couple of commits that improve the efficiency of the interaction
between preemptible RCU and the scheduler, these two being all
that survived an abortive attempt to allow preemptible RCU's
__rcu_read_lock() to be inlined. The full set was posted to
LKML at https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/14/143, and the first and
third patches of that set remain.
4) Lai Jiangshan's algorithmic implementation of SRCU, which includes
call_srcu() and srcu_barrier(). A major feature of this new
implementation is that synchronize_srcu() no longer disturbs
the execution of other CPUs. This work is based on earlier
implementations by Peter Zijlstra and Paul E. McKenney. Posted to
LKML: https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/2/22/82.
5) A number of miscellaneous bug fixes and improvements which were
posted to LKML at: https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/23/353 with
subsequent updates posted to LKML.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
I see builds failing with:
CC [M] drivers/mmc/host/dw_mmc.o
In file included from drivers/mmc/host/dw_mmc.c:15:
include/linux/blkdev.h:1404: warning: 'struct task_struct' declared inside parameter list
include/linux/blkdev.h:1404: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
include/linux/blkdev.h:1408: warning: 'struct task_struct' declared inside parameter list
include/linux/blkdev.h:1413: error: expected '=', ',', ';', 'asm' or '__attribute__' before 'blk_needs_flush_plug'
make[4]: *** [drivers/mmc/host/dw_mmc.o] Error 1
This is because dw_mmc.c includes linux/blkdev.h as the very first file,
and when CONFIG_BLOCK=n, blkdev.h omits all includes.
As it requires linux/sched.h even when CONFIG_BLOCK=n, move this out of
the #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
As of [mtd: nand: remove autoincrement 'sndcmd' code], the
NAND_CMD_READ0 command is issued unconditionally.
Thus, read_oob/read_oob_raw's 'sndcmd' argument is no longer needed, as
well as their return code.
Remove the 'sndcmd' parameter, and set the return code to 0.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
This patch just adds the DT support to gpmi-nand.
Signed-off-by: Huang Shijie <b32955@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Huang Shijie <shijie8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
New NAND controllers can perform read/write via HW engines which don't expose
OOB data in their DMA mode. To reflect this, we should rework the nand_chip /
nand_ecc_ctrl interfaces that assume that drivers will always read/write OOB
data in the nand_chip.oob_poi buffer. A better interface includes a boolean
argument that explicitly tells the callee when OOB data is requested by the
calling layer (for reading/writing to/from nand_chip.oob_poi).
This patch adds the 'oob_required' parameter to each relevant {read,write}_page
interface; all 'oob_required' parameters are left unused for now. The next
patch will set the parameter properly in the nand_base.c callers, and follow-up
patches will make use of 'oob_required' in some of the callee functions.
Note that currently, there is no harm in ignoring the 'oob_required' parameter
and *always* utilizing nand_chip.oob_poi, but there can be
performance/complexity/design benefits from avoiding filling oob_poi in the
common case. I will try to implement this for some drivers which can be ported
easily.
Note: I couldn't compile-test all of these easily, as some had ARCH
dependencies.
[dwmw2: Merge later 1/0 vs. true/false cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiandong Zheng <jdzheng@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Lantiq SoCs have a External Bus Unit (EBU) that is used to attach MTD media.
As we need to co-exist with PCI on the same bus, certain swapping settings must
be applied. Similar to the NOR map driver we need to apply a fix to make NAND
work. The easiest way is to use byte reads.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
No drivers use auto-increment NAND, so kill the NO_AUTOINCR option entirely.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
The drivers' _read() method, absent an error, returns a non-negative integer
indicating the maximum number of bit errors that were corrected in any one
region comprising an ecc step. MTD returns -EUCLEAN if this is >=
bitflip_threshold, 0 otherwise. If bitflip_threshold is zero, the comparison is
not made since these devices lack ECC and always return zero in the non-error
case (thanks Brian)¹. Note that this is a subtle change to the driver
interface.
This and the preceding patches in this set were tested with ubi on top of the
nandsim and docg4 devices, running the ubi test io_basic from mtd-utils.
¹ http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2012-March/040468.html
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
Acked-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Acked-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Ivan Djelic <ivan.djelic@parrot.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
An element 'bitflip_threshold' is added to struct mtd_info, and also exposed as
a read/write variable in sysfs. This will be used to determine whether or not
mtd_read() returns -EUCLEAN or 0 (absent a hard error). If the driver leaves it
as zero, mtd will set it to a default value of ecc_strength.
This v2 adds the line that propagates bitflip_threshold from the master to the
partitions - thanks Ivan¹.
¹ http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2012-April/040900.html
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
ecc_strength element of mtd_info will be the strength of one ecc step, not of
the entire writesize, as was previously planned. This is the appropriate way
because, as was pointed out¹, bit errors in excess of the strength of one
step can cause a hard error if they all occur within the same ecc region.
¹ http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2012-March/040313.html
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
This gets us up to date with the recommended current kernel infrastructure
and should transparently give us device tree interrupt bindings for any
devices using the framework. If an explicit IRQ mapping is passed in then
a legacy interrupt range is created, otherwise a simple linear mapping is
used. Previously a mapping was mandatory so existing drivers should not
be affected.
A function regmap_irq_get_virq() is provided to allow drivers to map
individual IRQs which should be used in preference to the existing
regmap_irq_chip_get_base() which is only valid if a legacy IRQ range is
provided.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Rather than using the pointer passed back by the regmap API (or complaining
because that wasn't actually being set) the da9052 driver was having some
fun and games peering through genirq and regmap internals. Fix the driver
to use the API as expected.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Latest SuperH HDMI uses not only HDMI Core Register (HTOP0)
but also HDMI Control Register (HTOP1).
This patch adds HDMI Control Register support.
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
Latest SuperH HDMI allows 32bit access only.
But the data is 8bit. So, we can keep compatibility by switching 8/32 bit access.
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
Convert platform data member regulator_init_data to pointer type.
This will avoid the copy of entire regualator init data into
platform data member when adding dt support and it can be achieve
by simple assignment:
pdata->init_data = of_get_regulator_init_data(dev, dev->of_node);
Signed-off-by: Laxman Dewangan <ldewangan@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Add the support for audio clients to VGA-switcheroo for handling the
HDMI audio controller together with VGA switching. The id of the
audio controller should be given explicitly at registration time
unlike the video controller.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=43155
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
This changes the API as a clean-up. Instead of passing multiple
function pointers at each time, introduce a new struct holding the
whole callback functions and pass it to the registration.
The same struct will be used for the upcoming audio client
registration, too.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
* 'mxs/dt/for-3.5' of git://git.linaro.org/people/shawnguo/linux-2.6: (51 commits)
ARM: dts: enable audio support for imx28-evk
ARM: dts: enable i2c device for imx28-evk
i2c: mxs: add device tree probe support
ARM: dts: enable mmc for imx28-evk
ARM: dts: enable mmc for imx23-evk
mmc: mxs-mmc: add device tree support
mmc: mxs-mmc: copy wp_gpio in struct mxs_mmc_host
mmc: mxs-mmc: have dma_channel than dma_res in mxs_mmc_host
mmc: mxs-mmc: use devm_* helper to make cleanup simpler
mmc: mxs-mmc: move header from mach into linux folder
mmc: mxs-mmc: get rid of the use of cpu_is_xxx
mmc: mxs-mmc: let ssp_is_old take host as parameter
mmc: mxs-mmc: use global stmp_device functionality
ARM: mxs: add gpio support for device tree boot
gpio/mxs: add device tree probe
gpio/mxs: get rid of the use of cpu_is_xxx
gpio/mxs: use devm_* helpers to make error handling simple
ARM: mxs: add mxs-dma dt support
ARM: mxs: do not add dma device by default
dma: mxs-dma: add device tree probe support
...
* 'board' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/renesas:
ARM: mach-shmobile: bonito: make sure static function
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 CEU supports up to 8188x8188 images
ARM: mach-shmobile: mackerel: Add FSI DMAEngine support
Move and invert the logic from the otherwise unused
compare_ether_addr_64bits to ether_addr_equal_64bits.
Neaten the logic in is_etherdev_addr.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=xjdL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'ux500-gpio-pins-for-3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-stericsson into next/pinctrl
ux500 GPIO and pinctrl changes for kernel 3.5
* tag 'ux500-gpio-pins-for-3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-stericsson:
ARM: ux500: switch MSP to using pinctrl for pins
ARM: ux500: alter MSP registration to return a device pointer
ARM: ux500: switch to using pinctrl for uart0
ARM: ux500: delete custom pin control system
ARM: ux500: switch over to Nomadik pinctrl driver
pinctrl: add sleep state definition
pinctrl/nomadik: implement pin configuration
pinctrl/nomadik: implement pin multiplexing
pinctrl/nomadik: reuse GPIO debug function for pins
pinctrl/nomadik: break out single GPIO debug function
pinctrl/nomadik: basic Nomadik pinctrl interface
pinctrl/nomadik: !CONFIG_OF build error
gpio: move the Nomadik GPIO driver to pinctrl
Context conflicts resolved in drivers/pinctrl/Kconfig and
drivers/pinctrl/Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
Rename arch/arm/mach-mxs/include/mach/mmc.h to
include/linux/mmc/mxs-mmc.h, so that mxs-mmc driver becomes
<mach/*> inclusion free.
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
* spear/pinctrl:
pinctrl: (cosmetic) fix two entries in DocBook comments
pinctrl: add more info to error msgs in pin_request
CLKDEV: provide helpers for common clock framework
pinctrl: add pinctrl-mxs support
pinctrl: pinctrl-imx: add imx6q pinctrl driver
pinctrl: pinctrl-imx: add imx pinctrl core driver
dt: add of_get_child_count helper function
pinctrl: support gpio request deferred probing
pinctrl: add pinctrl_provide_dummies interface for platforms to use
pinctrl: enhance reporting of errors when loading from DT
pinctrl: add kerneldoc for pinctrl_ops device tree functions
pinctrl: propagate map validation errors
pinctrl: fix dangling comment
pinctrl: fix signed vs unsigned conditionals inside pinmux_map_to_setting
ARM: 7392/1: CLKDEV: Optimize clk_find()
ARM: 7376/1: clkdev: Implement managed clk_get()
This just adds more dependencies that are required in order not to
break the spear pinctrl support.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Pull networking fixes from David S. Miller:
1) Since we do RCU lookups on ipv4 FIB entries, we have to test if the
entry is dead before returning it to our caller.
2) openvswitch locking and packet validation fixes from Ansis Atteka,
Jesse Gross, and Pravin B Shelar.
3) Fix PM resume locking in IGB driver, from Benjamin Poirier.
4) Fix VLAN header handling in vhost-net and macvtap, from Basil Gor.
5) Revert a bogus network namespace isolation change that was causing
regressions on S390 networking devices.
6) If bonding decides to process and handle a LACPDU frame, we
shouldn't bump the rx_dropped counter. From Jiri Bohac.
7) Fix mis-calculation of available TX space in r8169 driver when doing
TSO, which can lead to crashes and/or hung device. From Julien
Ducourthial.
8) SCTP does not validate cached routes properly in all cases, from
Nicolas Dichtel.
9) Link status interrupt needs to be handled in ks8851 driver, from
Stephen Boyd.
10) Use capable(), not cap_raised(), in connector/userns netlink code.
From Eric W. Biederman via Andrew Morton.
11) Fix pktgen OOPS on module unload, from Eric Dumazet.
12) iwlwifi under-estimates SKB truesizes, also from Eric Dumazet.
13) Cure division by zero in SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
ks8851: Update link status during link change interrupt
macvtap: restore vlan header on user read
vhost-net: fix handle_rx buffer size
bonding: don't increase rx_dropped after processing LACPDUs
connector/userns: replace netlink uses of cap_raised() with capable()
sctp: check cached dst before using it
pktgen: fix crash at module unload
Revert "net: maintain namespace isolation between vlan and real device"
ehea: fix losing of NEQ events when one event occurred early
igb: fix rtnl race in PM resume path
ipv4: Do not use dead fib_info entries.
r8169: fix unsigned int wraparound with TSO
sfc: Fix division by zero when using one RX channel and no SR-IOV
openvswitch: Validation of IPv6 set port action uses IPv4 header
net: compare_ether_addr[_64bits]() has no ordering
cdc_ether: Ignore bogus union descriptor for RNDIS devices
bnx2x: bug fix when loading after SAN boot
e1000: Silence sparse warnings by correcting type
igb, ixgbe: netdev_tx_reset_queue incorrectly called from tx init path
openvswitch: Release rtnl_lock if ovs_vport_cmd_build_info() failed.
...
As Van pointed out, interval/sqrt(count) can be implemented using
multiplies only.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Methods_of_computing_square_roots#Iterative_methods_for_reciprocal_square_roots
This patch implements the Newton method and reciprocal divide.
Total cost is 15 cycles instead of 120 on my Corei5 machine (64bit
kernel).
There is a small 'error' for count values < 5, but we don't really care.
I reuse a hole in struct codel_vars :
- pack the dropping boolean into one bit
- use 31bit to store the reciprocal value of sqrt(count).
Suggested-by: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This moves the bus message definition to land together with the
other message types. This message is not used in the kernel but
I'm keeping it anyway.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This switches a horde of NDIS_*-prefixed variables to the RNDIS_*
prefix. Most of them aren't used much and causes no changes.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch the hyperv filter and rndis gadget driver to use the same command
enumerators as the other drivers and delete the surplus command codes.
Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This moves the PnP OID definitions to the RNDIS_* namespace
and puts them in the next falling slot in the list. Oh, the comment
above the PnP defines was referring to some obsolete or out-of-tree
driver so removed it, and removed my own comments telling where each
header segment came from as well, we have moved everything around by
this point anyway.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NDIS_*-prefixed packet types have equivalent RNDIS_*-
prefixed types, besides nothing in the kernel use these defines.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let's have a unified table of RNDIS media. We used to have a similar
table with NDIS_* prefix from the gadget driver, but since we're only
using RNDIS in the kernel (IIRC NDIS, non-remote, is for the windows-
internal network drivers so what do we care) let's prefix everything
with RNDIS. Some of the definitions were conflicting, in one of the
defines 0x0B is bearer "CO WAN" and in two others "BPC". Well I took
the majority vote. Two definition of medium 0x09 calls it "wireless
WAN" but one vote for "wireless LAN" but in this case I am sticking
with the minority, "Wide Area Network" does not make much sense in
this case as far as I can tell.
NOTE: latin singular and plural is so screwed up in these defines
that it makes my eyes bleed. But I will not attempt to submit a
patch converting all use of _MEDIA_ to _MEDIUM_ while I can probably
tell from the semantics of the code that RNDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED
is most probably (erroneously) referring to a singular, unless it
can return an array of connected media. I suspect these erroneous
plurals are used in documentation and such so I don't want to
mess around with things for no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move all RNDIS status codes so they appear in rising order and
in one place of the header file.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These defines are not used in the kernel, and they have duplicate
definitions under the RNDIS_* prefix.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 802_* network OIDs were duplicated, so let's merge them and
use the RNDIS_* prefixed definitions from the hyperV driver.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RNDIS protocol contains a vast number of Object ID:s (OIDs).
The current definitions had multiple definitions of these ID:s,
let's use the nicely RNDIS_*-prefixed defines from the HyperV
implementation, rename everywhere they're used, and copy+rename
the few that were missing from this list of objects.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RNDIS status codes are redefined with much stranged ifdeffery
and only one of these codes was used in the hyperv driver, and
there it is very clearly referring to the RNDIS variant, not some
other status. So clarify this by explictly using the RNDIS_*
prefixed status code in the hyperv drivera and delete the
duplicate defines.
Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a first step to consolidate the RNDIS implementations, break out
a common file with all the #defines and move it to <linux/rndis.h>.
This also deletes the immediate duplicated defines in the
<linux/rndis.h> file that yields a lot of compilation warnings.
Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The header file <linux/usb/rndis_host.h> used a number of #defines
that included the cpu_to_le32() macro to assure the result will be
in LE endianness. Inlining this into the code instead of using it
in the code definitions yields consolidation opportunities later
on as you will see in the following patches. The individual
drivers also used local defines - all are switched over to the
pattern of doing the conversion at the call sites instead.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The spear/pinctrl branch has hard dependencies on both the
pinctrl branch and the clkdev branch. We merge those here
to fix it up without having to rebase a branch that has
been pulled into other stable branches already.
Conflicts:
Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Update the MAINTAINERS entry and all other references accordingly.
Based on an original patch by Wolfram Sang.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Acked-by: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com>
[wsa: fixed merge conflict due to rework in i2c_add_mux_adapter()]
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
This finds the struct i2c_adapter * for a given device tree node. Just
like of_find_i2c_device_by_node.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
This converts a struct device * to a struct i2c_adapter * while verifying
that the device really is an I2C adapter. Just like i2c_verify_client.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
And adjust all callers.
The new device parameter is used in the next patch to initialize the
mux's of_node so that its children may be automatically populated.
Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Tested-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
This patch adds device tree support to the pnx-i2c driver by using platform
resources for memory region and irq and removing dependency on mach includes.
The following platforms are affected:
* PNX
* LPC31xx (WIP)
* LPC32xx
The patch is based on a patch by Jon Smirl, working on lpc31xx integration
Signed-off-by: Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de>
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
As a precondition for device tree conversion, the platforms using i2c-pnx.c are
converted to using mem and irq resources instead of platform data.
Signed-off-by: Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
This is a last minute bug fix that was only just noticed since the code
path that's being exercised here is one that is fairly rarely used. The
changelog for the change itself is extremely clear and the code itself
is obvious to inspection so should be pretty safe.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=xcal
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'regmap-3.4' into regmap-stride
regmap: Last minute bug fix for 3.4
This is a last minute bug fix that was only just noticed since the code
path that's being exercised here is one that is fairly rarely used. The
changelog for the change itself is extremely clear and the code itself
is obvious to inspection so should be pretty safe.
Conflicts:
drivers/base/regmap/regmap.c (overlap between the fix and stride code)
A lot of regulator hardware maps selectors on to voltages with a simple
linear mapping function
selector = base + (selector * step size)
Provide off the shelf list_voltage() and map_voltage() operations which
use new min_uV and uV_step members in the regulator_desc to implement
this function.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
In order to allow more drivers to factor things out into data allow
drivers to provide a mapping function to convert voltages into selectors.
This allows any driver to use set_voltage_sel(). The existing mapping
based on iterating over list_voltage() is provided as an operation which
can be assigned to the new map_voltage() function though for ease of
transition it is treated as the default.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Rewrite mxs_dma_is_apbh and mxs_dma_is_apbx in order to support
other SoCs like imx6q and reform the platform_device_id for the
better further dt support.
Cc: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Cc: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Cc: Huang Shijie <b32955@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <dong.aisheng@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
Move child's pointer to the struct usb_hub_port since the child device
is directly associated with the port. Provide usb_get_hub_child_device()
to get child's pointer.
Signed-off-by: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Add a simple helper function to allow drivers to obtain the physical
device location data.
Acked-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
It's unreasonable to have CONFIG_ACPI for these in drivers, so add some
stub functions.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
We have the chipidea driver now that supports both langwell and penwell,
so there is no need for this one any more.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Rather than requiring architectures that use gpiolib but don't have any
need to define anything custom to copy an asm/gpio.h provide a Kconfig
symbol which architectures must select in order to include gpio.h and
for other architectures just provide the trivial implementation directly.
This makes it much easier to do gpiolib updates and is also a step towards
making gpiolib APIs available on every architecture.
For architectures with existing boilerplate code leave a stub header in
place which warns on direct inclusion of asm/gpio.h and includes
linux/gpio.h to catch code that's doing this. Direct inclusion of
asm/gpio.h has long been deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Jonas Bonn <jonas@southpole.se>
Acked-by: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Some implementations need this limitation to work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
* pm-sleep:
PM / Sleep: User space wakeup sources garbage collector Kconfig option
PM / Sleep: Make the limit of user space wakeup sources configurable
PM / Documentation: suspend-and-cpuhotplug.txt: Fix typo
PM / Sleep: Fix a mistake in a conditional in autosleep_store()
epoll: Add a flag, EPOLLWAKEUP, to prevent suspend while epoll events are ready
PM / Sleep: Add user space interface for manipulating wakeup sources, v3
PM / Sleep: Add "prevent autosleep time" statistics to wakeup sources
PM / Sleep: Implement opportunistic sleep, v2
PM / Sleep: Add wakeup_source_activate and wakeup_source_deactivate tracepoints
PM / Sleep: Change wakeup source statistics to follow Android
PM / Sleep: Use wait queue to signal "no wakeup events in progress"
PM / Sleep: Look for wakeup events in later stages of device suspend
PM / Hibernate: Hibernate/thaw fixes/improvements
* pm-domains:
PM / Domains: Fix computation of maximum domain off time
PM / Domains: Fix link checking when add subdomain
PM / Domains: Cache device stop and domain power off governor results, v3
PM / Domains: Make device removal more straightforward
PM / QoS: Create device constraints objects on notifier registration
PM / Runtime: Remove device fields related to suspend time, v2
PM / Domains: Rework default domain power off governor function, v2
PM / Domains: Rework default device stop governor function, v2
barrier: Reduce the amount of disturbance by rcu_barrier() to the rest of
the system. This branch also includes improvements to
RCU_FAST_NO_HZ, which are included here due to conflicts.
fixes: Miscellaneous fixes.
inline: Remaining changes from an abortive attempt to inline
preemptible RCU's __rcu_read_lock(). These are (1) making
exit_rcu() avoid unnecessary work and (2) avoiding having
preemptible RCU record a blocked thread when the scheduler
declines to do a context switch.
srcu: Lai Jiangshan's algorithmic implementation of SRCU, including
call_srcu().
Previously these functions would assume that vma->vm_file was the
drm_file. Although if in some cases if the drm driver needs to use
something else for the backing file (such as the tmpfs filp) then this
assumption is no longer true. But vma->vm_private_data is still the
GEM object.
With this change, now the drm_device comes from the GEM object rather
than the drm_file so the driver is more free to play with vma->vm_file.
The scenario where this comes up is for mmap'ing of cached dmabuf's
for non-coherent systems, where the driver needs to use fault handling
and PTE shootdown to simulate coherency. We can't use the vma->vm_file
of the dmabuf, which is using anon_inode's address_space. The most
straightforward thing to do is to use the GEM object's obj->filp for
vma->vm_file in all cases, for which we need this patch.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <rob@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org> writes:
mxs common clk porting for v3.5. It depends on the following two branches.
[1] git://git.linaro.org/people/mturquette/linux.git clk-next
[2] http://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/linux/arm/kernel/git-cur/linux-arm.git clkdev
As the mxs device tree conversion will constantly touch clock files,
to save the conflicts, the updated mxs/dt branch coming later will
based on this pull-request.
* 'clk/mxs' of git://git.linaro.org/people/shawnguo/linux-2.6:
ARM: mxs: remove now unused timer_clk argument from mxs_timer_init
ARM: mxs: remove old clock support
ARM: mxs: switch to common clk framework
ARM: mxs: change the lookup name for fec phy clock
ARM: mxs: request clock for timer
clk: mxs: add clock support for imx28
clk: mxs: add clock support for imx23
clk: mxs: add mxs specific clocks
Includes an update to Linux 3.4-rc6
Conflicts:
drivers/clk/Makefile
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Hi,
We have a bug report open where a squashfs image mounted on ppc64 would
exhibit errors due to trying to read beyond the end of the disk. It can
easily be reproduced by doing the following:
[root@ibm-p750e-02-lp3 ~]# ls -l install.img
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 142032896 Apr 30 16:46 install.img
[root@ibm-p750e-02-lp3 ~]# mount -o loop ./install.img /mnt/test
[root@ibm-p750e-02-lp3 ~]# dd if=/dev/loop0 of=/dev/null
dd: reading `/dev/loop0': Input/output error
277376+0 records in
277376+0 records out
142016512 bytes (142 MB) copied, 0.9465 s, 150 MB/s
In dmesg, you'll find the following:
squashfs: version 4.0 (2009/01/31) Phillip Lougher
[ 43.106012] attempt to access beyond end of device
[ 43.106029] loop0: rw=0, want=277410, limit=277408
[ 43.106039] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138704
[ 43.106053] attempt to access beyond end of device
[ 43.106057] loop0: rw=0, want=277412, limit=277408
[ 43.106061] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138705
[ 43.106066] attempt to access beyond end of device
[ 43.106070] loop0: rw=0, want=277414, limit=277408
[ 43.106073] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138706
[ 43.106078] attempt to access beyond end of device
[ 43.106081] loop0: rw=0, want=277416, limit=277408
[ 43.106085] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138707
[ 43.106089] attempt to access beyond end of device
[ 43.106093] loop0: rw=0, want=277418, limit=277408
[ 43.106096] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138708
[ 43.106101] attempt to access beyond end of device
[ 43.106104] loop0: rw=0, want=277420, limit=277408
[ 43.106108] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138709
[ 43.106112] attempt to access beyond end of device
[ 43.106116] loop0: rw=0, want=277422, limit=277408
[ 43.106120] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138710
[ 43.106124] attempt to access beyond end of device
[ 43.106128] loop0: rw=0, want=277424, limit=277408
[ 43.106131] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138711
[ 43.106135] attempt to access beyond end of device
[ 43.106139] loop0: rw=0, want=277426, limit=277408
[ 43.106143] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138712
[ 43.106147] attempt to access beyond end of device
[ 43.106151] loop0: rw=0, want=277428, limit=277408
[ 43.106154] Buffer I/O error on device loop0, logical block 138713
[ 43.106158] attempt to access beyond end of device
[ 43.106162] loop0: rw=0, want=277430, limit=277408
[ 43.106166] attempt to access beyond end of device
[ 43.106169] loop0: rw=0, want=277432, limit=277408
...
[ 43.106307] attempt to access beyond end of device
[ 43.106311] loop0: rw=0, want=277470, limit=2774
Squashfs manages to read in the end block(s) of the disk during the
mount operation. Then, when dd reads the block device, it leads to
block_read_full_page being called with buffers that are beyond end of
disk, but are marked as mapped. Thus, it would end up submitting read
I/O against them, resulting in the errors mentioned above. I fixed the
problem by modifying init_page_buffers to only set the buffer mapped if
it fell inside of i_size.
Cheers,
Jeff
Signed-off-by: Jeff Moyer <jmoyer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
--
Changes from v1->v2: re-used max_block, as suggested by Nick Piggin.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
There exist several display technologies and standards that support audio as
well. Hence, it is relevant to update the DSS device driver to provide an audio
interface that may be used by an audio driver or any other driver interested in
the functionality.
The audio_enable function is intended to prepare the relevant
IP for playback (e.g., enabling an audio FIFO, taking in/out of reset
some IP, enabling companion chips, etc). It is intended to be called before
audio_start. The audio_disable function performs the reverse operation and is
intended to be called after audio_stop.
While a given DSS device driver may support audio, it is possible that for
certain configurations audio is not supported (e.g., an HDMI display using a
VESA video timing). The audio_supported function is intended to query whether
the current configuration of the display supports audio.
The audio_config function is intended to configure all the relevant audio
parameters of the display. In order to make the function independent of any
specific DSS device driver, a struct omap_dss_audio is defined. Its purpose
is to contain all the required parameters for audio configuration. At the
moment, such structure contains pointers to IEC-60958 channel status word and
CEA-861 audio infoframe structures. This should be enough to support HDMI and
DisplayPort, as both are based on CEA-861 and IEC-60958. The omap_dss_audio
structure may be extended in the future if required.
The audio_enable/disable, audio_config and audio_supported functions could be
implemented as functions that may sleep. Hence, they should not be called
while holding a spinlock or a readlock.
The audio_start/audio_stop function is intended to effectively start/stop audio
playback after the configuration has taken place. These functions are designed
to be used in an atomic context. Hence, audio_start should return quickly and be
called only after all the needed resources for audio playback (audio FIFOs,
DMA channels, companion chips, etc) have been enabled to begin data transfers.
audio_stop is designed to only stop the audio transfers. The resources used
for playback are released using audio_disable.
A new enum omap_dss_audio_state is introduced to help the implementations of
the interface to keep track of the audio state. The initial state is _DISABLED;
then, the state transitions to _CONFIGURED, and then, when it is ready to
play audio, to _ENABLED. The state _PLAYING is used when the audio is being
rendered.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Neri <ricardo.neri@ti.com>
The omapdss pdata handling is a mess. This is more evident when trying
to use device tree for DSS, as we don't have platform data anymore in
that case. This patch cleans the pdata handling by:
- Remove struct omap_display_platform_data. It was used just as a
wrapper for struct omap_dss_board_info.
- Pass the platform data only to omapdss device. The drivers for omap
dss hwmods do not need the platform data. This should also work better
for DT, as we can create omapdss device programmatically in generic omap
boot code, and thus we can pass the pdata to it.
- Create dss functions for get_ctx_loss_count and dsi_enable/disable_pads
that the dss hwmod drivers can call.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Add support for invalidating a key - which renders it immediately invisible to
further searches and causes the garbage collector to immediately wake up,
remove it from keyrings and then destroy it when it's no longer referenced.
It's better not to do this with keyctl_revoke() as that marks the key to start
returning -EKEYREVOKED to searches when what is actually desired is to have the
key refetched.
To invalidate a key the caller must be granted SEARCH permission by the key.
This may be too strict. It may be better to also permit invalidation if the
caller has any of READ, WRITE or SETATTR permission.
The primary use for this is to evict keys that are cached in special keyrings,
such as the DNS resolver or an ID mapper.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Do an LRU discard in keyrings that are full rather than returning ENFILE. To
perform this, a time_t is added to the key struct and updated by the creation
of a link to a key and by a key being found as the result of a search. At the
completion of a successful search, the keyrings in the path between the root of
the search and the first found link to it also have their last-used times
updated.
Note that discarding a link to a key from a keyring does not necessarily
destroy the key as there may be references held by other places.
An alternate discard method that might suffice is to perform FIFO discard from
the keyring, using the spare 2-byte hole in the keylist header as the index of
the next link to be discarded.
This is useful when using a keyring as a cache for DNS results or foreign
filesystem IDs.
This can be tested by the following. As root do:
echo 1000 >/proc/sys/kernel/keys/root_maxkeys
kr=`keyctl newring foo @s`
for ((i=0; i<2000; i++)); do keyctl add user a$i a $kr; done
Without this patch ENFILE should be reported when the keyring fills up. With
this patch, the keyring discards keys in an LRU fashion. Note that the stored
LRU time has a granularity of 1s.
After doing this, /proc/key-users can be observed and should show that most of
the 2000 keys have been discarded:
[root@andromeda ~]# cat /proc/key-users
0: 517 516/516 513/1000 5249/20000
The "513/1000" here is the number of quota-accounted keys present for this user
out of the maximum permitted.
In /proc/keys, the keyring shows the number of keys it has and the number of
slots it has allocated:
[root@andromeda ~]# grep foo /proc/keys
200c64c4 I--Q-- 1 perm 3b3f0000 0 0 keyring foo: 509/509
The maximum is (PAGE_SIZE - header) / key pointer size. That's typically 509
on a 64-bit system and 1020 on a 32-bit system.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Make use of the previous patch that makes the garbage collector perform RCU
synchronisation before destroying defunct keys. Key pointers can now be
replaced in-place without creating a new keyring payload and replacing the
whole thing as the discarded keys will not be destroyed until all currently
held RCU read locks are released.
If the keyring payload space needs to be expanded or contracted, then a
replacement will still need allocating, and the original will still have to be
freed by RCU.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Make the keys garbage collector invoke synchronize_rcu() prior to destroying
keys with a zero usage count. This means that a key can be examined under the
RCU read lock in the safe knowledge that it won't get deallocated until after
the lock is released - even if its usage count becomes zero whilst we're
looking at it.
This is useful in keyring search vs key link. Consider a keyring containing a
link to a key. That link can be replaced in-place in the keyring without
requiring an RCU copy-and-replace on the keyring contents without breaking a
search underway on that keyring when the displaced key is released, provided
the key is actually destroyed only after the RCU read lock held by the search
algorithm is released.
This permits __key_link() to replace a key without having to reallocate the key
payload. A key gets replaced if a new key being linked into a keyring has the
same type and description.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
There is an IDLE definition in the pinctrl framework, but for
ux500 SLEEP is more apropriate.
I've added some comments on the semantics of the common states
so as to avoid misunderstandings.
ChangeLog v1->v2:
- Fixed terminology "on"->"into".
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=lzYq
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'omap-cleanup-dss-for-v3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tmlind/linux-omap into next/cleanup
Clean up for omap DSS board init in preparation for adding DT support.
By Tomi Valkeinen
via Tomi Valkeinen (1) and Tony Lindgren (1)
* tag 'omap-cleanup-dss-for-v3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tmlind/linux-omap:
OMAPDSS: DSI: implement generic DSI pin config
OMAPDSS: Taal: move reset gpio handling to taal driver
OMAPDSS: TFP410: rename dvi files to tfp410
OMAPDSS: TFP410: rename dvi -> tfp410
OMAP: board-files: remove custom PD GPIO handling for DVI output
OMAPDSS: panel-dvi: add PD gpio handling
Resolved context conflicts in arch/arm/mach-omap2/board-omap4panda.c.
Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
Note that these are based on omap-pm-regulator-for-v3.5 as
both branches are adding twl regulators.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=l8vH
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'omap-board-for-v3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tmlind/linux-omap into next/boards
Board specific changes for omap.
Note that these are based on omap-pm-regulator-for-v3.5 as
both branches are adding twl regulators.
By Paul Gortmaker (8) and others
via Linus Torvalds (38) and others
* tag 'omap-board-for-v3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tmlind/linux-omap:
OMAP: omap4panda: Use common configuration for V1V8, V2V1 supplies
OMAP: 4430SDP: Use common configuration for V1V8, V2V1 supplies
OMAP4: twl-common: Add twl6030 V1V8, V2V1 SMPS common configuration
ARM: OMAP: Mark Beagleboard-xM MMC bus as 4-bit
Add MSUB support for the LogicPD OMAP3530 DevKits
ARM: OMAP: rx51: Platform support for lis3lv02d accelerometer
ARM: OMAP2+: craneboard: register emac device
ARM: OMAP4: board-omap4panda: Register platform device for HDMI audio codec
ARM: OMAP4: board-4430sdp: Register platform device for HDMI audio codec
ARM: OMAP: devices: Register platform devices for HDMI audio
ARM: OMAP3: igep0020: Add support for Micron NAND Flash storage memory
ARM: OMAP2+: nand: Make board_onenand_init() visible to board code
ARM: OMAP3: cm-t35: add support for power off
ARM: OMAP: WiLink platform data for the PandaBoard
ARM: OMAP2PLUS: Enable HIGHMEM
ARM: OMAP: omap2plus_defconfig: Enable ehci-omap and sms95xx support
Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
dmaengine_prep_slave_single() is a helper function which is supposed to be used
to prepare a transfer of a single contingous buffer. Currently the function
takes a pointer to such a buffer from which it builds a scatterlist and passes
it on to device_prep_slave_sg. The dmaengine framework requires that any
scatterlist that is passed to device_prep_slave_sg is mapped and it may not be
unmapped until the DMA operation has completed. This is not the here and any use
of dmaengine_prep_slave_single() will lead to undefined behaviour (Most likely a
system crash).
This patch changes dmaengine_prep_slave_single() to take a dma_addr_t instead of
a pointer to a buffer and moves the responsibility of mapping and unmapping the
buffer up to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@linux.intel.com>
When platform keymap is not supplied to matrix_keypad_build_keymap()
and device tree support is enabled, try locating specified property
and load keymap from it. If property name is not defined, try using
"linux,keymap".
Based on earlier patch by Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Change matrix-keymap helper to be out-of-line, like sparse keymap,
allow the helper perform basic keymap validation and return errors,
and prepare for device tree support.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
This driver adds support for the Synaptics NavPoint touchpad connected
to a PXA27x SSP port in SPI slave mode. The device emulates a mouse;
a tap or tap-and-a-half drag gesture emulates the left mouse button.
For example, use the xf86-input-evdev driver for an X pointing device.
Signed-off-by: Paul Parsons <lost.distance@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
An implementation of CoDel AQM, from Kathleen Nichols and Van Jacobson.
http://queue.acm.org/detail.cfm?id=2209336
This AQM main input is no longer queue size in bytes or packets, but the
delay packets stay in (FIFO) queue.
As we don't have infinite memory, we still can drop packets in enqueue()
in case of massive load, but mean of CoDel is to drop packets in
dequeue(), using a control law based on two simple parameters :
target : target sojourn time (default 5ms)
interval : width of moving time window (default 100ms)
Based on initial work from Dave Taht.
Refactored to help future codel inclusion as a plugin for other linux
qdisc (FQ_CODEL, ...), like RED.
include/net/codel.h contains codel algorithm as close as possible than
Kathleen reference.
net/sched/sch_codel.c contains the linux qdisc specific glue.
Separate structures permit a memory efficient implementation of fq_codel
(to be sent as a separate work) : Each flow has its own struct
codel_vars.
timestamps are taken at enqueue() time with 1024 ns precision, allowing
a range of 2199 seconds in queue, and 100Gb links support. iproute2 uses
usec as base unit.
Selected packets are dropped, unless ECN is enabled and packets can get
ECN mark instead.
Tested from 2Mb to 10Gb speeds with no particular problems, on ixgbe and
tg3 drivers (BQL enabled).
Usage: tc qdisc ... codel [ limit PACKETS ] [ target TIME ]
[ interval TIME ] [ ecn ]
qdisc codel 10: parent 1:1 limit 2000p target 3.0ms interval 60.0ms ecn
Sent 13347099587 bytes 8815805 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 202365Kbit 16708pps backlog 113550b 75p requeues 0
count 116 lastcount 98 ldelay 4.3ms dropping drop_next 816us
maxpacket 1514 ecn_mark 84399 drop_overlimit 0
CoDel must be seen as a base module, and should be used keeping in mind
there is still a FIFO queue. So a typical setup will probably need a
hierarchy of several qdiscs and packet classifiers to be able to meet
whatever constraints a user might have.
One possible example would be to use fq_codel, which combines Fair
Queueing and CoDel, in replacement of sfq / sfq_red.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an optimized boolean function to check if
2 ethernet addresses are the same.
This is to avoid any confusion about compare_ether_addr_64bits
returning an unsigned, and not being able to use the
compare_ether_addr_64bits function for sorting ala memcmp.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It actually works on the input queue and will use its read mem
routines, thus it's better to have in in the tcp_input.c file.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst_check() will take care of SA (and obsolete field), hence
IPsec rekeying scenario is taken into account.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yaseivch <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 8a83a00b07.
It causes regressions for S390 devices, because it does an
unconditional DST drop on SKBs for vlans and the QETH device
needs the neighbour entry hung off the DST for certain things
on transmit.
Arnd can't remember exactly why he even needed this change.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/macvlan.c
net/8021q/vlan_dev.c
net/core/dev.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows comparing hash and len in one operation on 64-bit
architectures. Right now only __d_lookup_rcu() takes advantage of this,
since that is the case we care most about.
The use of anonymous struct/unions hides the alternate 64-bit approach
from most users, the exception being a few cases where we initialize a
'struct qstr' with a static initializer. This makes the problematic
cases use a new QSTR_INIT() helper function for that (but initializing
just the name pointer with a "{ .name = xyzzy }" initializer remains
valid, as does just copying another qstr structure).
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
With the adding of function tracing event to perf, it caused a
side effect that produces the following warning when enabling all
events in ftrace:
# echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/enable
[console]
event trace: Could not enable event function
This is because when enabling all events via the debugfs system
it ignores events that do not have a ->reg() function assigned.
This was to skip over the ftrace internal events (as they are
not TRACE_EVENTs). But as the ftrace function event now has
a ->reg() function attached to it for use with perf, it is no
longer ignored.
Worse yet, this ->reg() function is being called when it should
not be. It returns an error and causes the above warning to
be printed.
By adding a new event_call flag (TRACE_EVENT_FL_IGNORE_ENABLE)
and have all ftrace internel event structures have it set,
setting the events/enable will no longe try to incorrectly enable
the function event and does not warn.
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Add iSerialNumber to usb_composite_driver to allow setting a default value.
This is useful when the module is compiled-in. Then the composite_bind
is executed at kernel boot and string id for iSerialNumber can be overridden
even if there is no iSerialNumber kernel commandline parameter.
If the string id is not overridden, then get_string will never attempt to
look for the alternative string contents using cdev->serial_override.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Add usb_remove_config to unbind a configuration and remove it from
the configs list. This allows implementing composite gadget drivers that
can disconnect themself from the bus and that will later be re-enumerated
with a different configuration.
Gadget drivers must call usb_gadget_disconnect before calling this
function to disable the pullup, disconnect the device from the host,
and prevent the host from enumerating the device while we are changing
the gadget configuration.
Signed-off-by: Benoit Goby <benoit@android.com>
[change return type of [usb_]remove_config]
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Michal Nazarewicz <mina86@mina86.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The global wait_queue that is used for line discipline idle handling is
moved to a separate wait_queue for each line instance. This prevents
unnecessary blocking on one line, because of idle handling on another
line.
Signed-off-by: Ivo Sieben <meltedpianoman@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/video/omap2/displays/panel-taal.c
Merge OMAP DSS related board file changes. The branch will also be
merged through linux-omap tree to solve conflicts.
This removes a repeated word and a repeated and incomplete line from two
pinctrl headers.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
By Stephen Warren (12) and others
via Linus Walleij
* tag 'pinctrl-mergebase-20120418' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-pinctrl: (24 commits)
pinctrl: show pin name for pingroups in sysfs
pinctrl: show pin name when request pins
pinctrl: implement devm_pinctrl_get()/put()
pinctrl: a minor fix of pin config debug information
pinctrl: pinconf: fix compilation error if PINCONF is not selected
pinctrl: allow pctldevs to decode pin config in debugfs
pinctrl: ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_FS cleanup
pinctrl: mark non-EXPERIMENTAL
pinctrl: tegra: Add complete device tree support
dt: Document Tegra20/30 pinctrl binding
dt: Move Tegra20 pin mux binding into new pinctrl directory
dt: pinctrl: Document device tree binding
dt: add property iteration helpers
pinctrl: implement pinctrl deferred probing
pinctrl: add some error checking for user interfaces
pinctrl: fix pinmux_check_ops error checking
pinctrl: replace list_*() with get_*_count()
pinctrl: mark const init data with __initconst instead of __initdata
Documentation: pinctrl: add missing spi0_0 grp in example
pinctrl: fix build when CONFIG_OF && !CONFIG_PINCTRL
...
Resolved conflicts in drivers/pinctrl/core.c due to same patch being
applied in two branches.
Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO returns a new struct ethtool_modinfo that will return the
type and size of plug-in module eeprom (such as SFP+) for parsing
by userland program.
ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM returns the raw eeprom information
using the existing ethtool_eeprom structture to return the data
Signed-off-by: Stuart Hodgson <smhodgson@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Add a boolean function to check if 2 ethernet addresses
are the same.
This is to avoid any confusion about compare_ether_addr
returning an unsigned, and not being able to use the
compare_ether_addr function for sorting ala memcmp.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When writing a firewire driver that doesn't deal with struct fw_device
objects (e.g. it only publishes FireWire units and doesn't subscribe to
them), you likely need to keep referenced to struct fw_card objects so
that you can send messages to other nodes. This patch moves
fw_card_put(), fw_card_get() and fw_card_release() into the public
include/linux/firewire.h header instead of drivers/firewire/core.h, and
adds EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(fw_card_release).
The firewire-sbp-target module requires these so it can keep a reference
to the fw_card object in order that it can fetch ORBs to execute and
read/write related data and status information.
Signed-off-by: Chris Boot <bootc@bootc.net>
Acked-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Cc: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Sometimes it's useful to know the FireWire speed of the request that has
just come in to a fw_address_handler callback. As struct fw_request is
opaque we can't peek inside to get the speed out of the struct fw_packet
that's just inside. For example, the SBP-2 spec says:
"The speed at which the block write request to the MANAGEMENT_AGENT
register is received shall determine the speed used by the target for
all subsequent requests to read the initiator’s configuration ROM, fetch
ORB’s from initiator memory or store status at the initiator’s
status_FIFO. Command block ORB’s separately specify the speed for
requests addressed to the data buffer or page table."
[ ANSI T10/1155D Revision 4 page 53/54 ]
Signed-off-by: Chris Boot <bootc@bootc.net>
Acked-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Cc: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This patch remove old max8997-muic drvier because of newly Extcon framework.
Extcon framework manages the external connector, so add extcon-max8997 driver
by using Extcon interface to support MUIC feature of Maxim 8997 PMIC instead
of max8997-muic driver(drivers/misc/max8997-muic.c).
Signed-off-by: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Myungjoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This patch removes the original usage of dev_attr->max_sectors in favor of
dev_attr->hw_max_sectors that is now being enforced by target core from
within transport_generic_cmd_sequencer() for SCF_SCSI_DATA_SG_IO_CDB ops.
After the recent se_task removal patches from hch, this value for IBLOCK
backends being set via configfs by userspace from an saved max_sectors
value that is turning out to be problematic, so it makes sense to go ahead
and remove this now legacy attribute all-together.
This patch also continues to make se_dev_set_default_attribs() do
(sectors / block_size) alignment for what actually get used by
target_core_mod to be safe here, following the same alignment currently
used by fabric_max_sectors.
Reported-by: Andy Grover <agrover@redhat.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
The current RCU_FAST_NO_HZ assumes that timers do not migrate unless a
CPU goes offline, in which case it assumes that the CPU will have to come
out of dyntick-idle mode (cancelling the timer) in order to go offline.
This is important because when RCU_FAST_NO_HZ permits a CPU to enter
dyntick-idle mode despite having RCU callbacks pending, it posts a timer
on that CPU to force a wakeup on that CPU. This wakeup ensures that the
CPU will eventually handle the end of the grace period, including invoking
its RCU callbacks.
However, Pascal Chapperon's test setup shows that the timer handler
rcu_idle_gp_timer_func() really does get invoked in some cases. This is
problematic because this can cause the CPU that entered dyntick-idle
mode despite still having RCU callbacks pending to remain in
dyntick-idle mode indefinitely, which means that its RCU callbacks might
never be invoked. This situation can result in grace-period delays or
even system hangs, which matches Pascal's observations of slow boot-up
and shutdown (https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/5/142). See also the bugzilla:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=806548
This commit therefore causes the "should never be invoked" timer handler
rcu_idle_gp_timer_func() to use smp_call_function_single() to wake up
the CPU for which the timer was intended, allowing that CPU to invoke
its RCU callbacks in a timely manner.
Reported-by: Pascal Chapperon <pascal.chapperon@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The "uim" deamon requires sysfs entries that are filled in using
this platform data.
Signed-off-by: Mircea Gherzan <mgherzan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
The header exports API for application layer
1. move under include/linux and add to the export list
2. update include path n the sources
3. update TODO
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
twl6040 has three power supply source:
VBAT needs to be connected to VBAT, VIO, and V2V1.
Add regulator support for the VIO, V2V1 supplies.
Initially handle the two supply together with bulk commands.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Function rename to ensure that the functionality of nfs_unlock_request()
mirrors that of nfs_lock_request(). Then let nfs_unlock_and_release_request()
do the work of what used to be called nfs_unlock_request()...
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
We only have two places where we need to grab a reference when trying
to lock the nfs_page. We're better off making that explicit.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
We have to unlock the nfs_page before we call nfs_end_page_writeback
to avoid races with functions that expect the page to be unlocked
when PG_locked and PG_writeback are not set.
The problem is that nfs_unlock_request also releases the nfs_page,
causing a deadlock if the release of the nfs_open_context
triggers an iput() while the PG_writeback flag is still set...
The solution is to separate the unlocking and release of the nfs_page,
so that we can do the former before nfs_end_page_writeback and the
latter after.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
We need to sync with the GFX ring as ttm might have schedule bo move
on it and new command scheduled for other ring need to wait for bo
data to be in place.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed by: Christian König <christian.koenig@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Since it's not like we will re-arrange the keys at run-time, it
seems proper to allow the keymap data to be const. This solves
a compilation warning in ux500.
Cc: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch converts the iTCO_wdt driver to use the multi-function device
driver model. It uses resources discovered by the lpc_ich driver, so that
it no longer does its own PCI scanning.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Add support for National Semiconductor / TI LM3533 lighting power chips.
This is the core driver which provides register access over I2C and
registers the ambient-light-sensor, LED and backlight sub-drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Noticed this comment didn't get updated when
tcp_build_and_update_options was refactored.
Signed-off-by: Kyle McMartin <kyle@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
The variable 'dw_mci_card_workqueue' is a global variable shared between
multiple instances of the dw_mmc host controller. Due to this, data
corruption has been noticed when multiple instances of dw_mmc controllers
are actively reading/writing the media. Fix this by adding a instance
of 'struct workqueue_struct' for each host instance and removing the
global 'dw_mci_card_workqueue' instance.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Abraham <thomas.abraham@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Will Newton <will.newton@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though
eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be
set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR
capability, then DDR mode can't be selected.
Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
This patch adds the Integrated Legacy Block DeviceID for the Centerton CPU. It will be used in the GPIO and Multifunction Devices driver.
Signed-off-by: Seth Heasley <seth.heasley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This also introduces <asm/sta2x11.h> to export a function that is in
the base sta2x11 support patches. The header will increase with other
prototypes and constants over time.
Signed-off-by: Alessandro Rubini <rubini@gnudd.com>
Acked-by: Giancarlo Asnaghi <giancarlo.asnaghi@st.com>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
We can easily use a single callback for both sched-in and sched-out. This
reduces the code footprint in the scheduler path as well as removes
the PMU black spot otherwise present between the out and in callback.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-o56ajxp1edwqg6x9d31wb805@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
We always need to pass the last sample period to
perf_sample_data_init(), otherwise the event distribution will be
wrong. Thus, modifiyng the function interface with the required period
as argument. So basically a pattern like this:
perf_sample_data_init(&data, ~0ULL);
data.period = event->hw.last_period;
will now be like that:
perf_sample_data_init(&data, ~0ULL, event->hw.last_period);
Avoids unininitialized data.period and simplifies code.
Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <robert.richter@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1333390758-10893-3-git-send-email-robert.richter@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
When the disk-timeout is active, and it expires for a single request,
we consider the local disk as D_FAILED. Note: With this change,
I made both timeout based state transitions HARD state transitions.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Reisner <philipp.reisner@linbit.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars Ellenberg <lars.ellenberg@linbit.com>
The current code groups up to 16 nodes in a level and then puts an
ALLNODES domain spanning the entire tree on top of that. This doesn't
reflect the numa topology and esp for the smaller not-fully-connected
machines out there today this might make a difference.
Therefore, build a proper numa topology based on node_distance().
Since there's no fixed numa layers anymore, the static SD_NODE_INIT
and SD_ALLNODES_INIT aren't usable anymore, the new code tries to
construct something similar and scales some values either on the
number of cpus in the domain and/or the node_distance() ratio.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Fenghua Yu <fenghua.yu@intel.com>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Ivan Kokshaysky <ink@jurassic.park.msu.ru>
Cc: linux-alpha@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-ia64@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-mips@linux-mips.org
Cc: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
Cc: linux-sh@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Cc: sparclinux@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: x86@kernel.org
Cc: Dimitri Sivanich <sivanich@sgi.com>
Cc: Greg Pearson <greg.pearson@hp.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: bob.picco@oracle.com
Cc: chris.mason@oracle.com
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-r74n3n8hhuc2ynbrnp3vt954@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Since the sched_domain walk is completely unserialized (!SD_SERIALIZE)
it is possible that multiple cpus in the group get elected to do the
next level. Avoid this by adding some serialization.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-vqh9ai6s0ewmeakjz80w4qz6@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
can be used e.g. for ingress traffic policing or
to detect when a host/port consumes more bandwidth than expected.
This is done by optionally making cost to mean
"cost per 16-byte-chunk-of-data" instead of "cost per packet".
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The target allows you to create rules in the "raw" and "mangle" tables
which set the skbuff mark by means of hash calculation within a given
range. The nfmark can influence the routing method (see "Use netfilter
MARK value as routing key") and can also be used by other subsystems to
change their behaviour.
[ Part of this patch has been refactorized and modified by Pablo Neira Ayuso ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the flags parameter to ipv6_find_hdr. This flags
allows us to:
* know if this is a fragment.
* stop at the AH header, so the information contained in that header
can be used for some specific packet handling.
This patch also adds the offset parameter for inspection of one
inner IPv6 header that is contained in error messages.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJPpvY9AAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGpEoIAJgbu+Y8gITnBK/wh9O6zy3S
5jie5KK4YWdbJsvO58WbNr3CyVIwGIqQ2dUZLiU59aBVLarlGw8xor0MmW+cZwhp
6fBHaf0qDYAV0MZjD+mnnExOiCRyISa2lPmsfu9dAWywh5KGe6/oAP6/qcXIyok3
KZyl3qQf4ENpaZPHwZPXCEkUvtuyHgNiszN+QXEadA3s19Ot4VGe9A3VGw+GNrSm
JqFIq3acQAbKa5BYaqf7TQC02v2FI7//eqt6QHxTqbE6a7LGbTvLfX3HlJ2mnfqa
1R6QHhM4y4OZDHbaMT2raHZ8WuLXzhehJzhP8Co7AHFOKwVKOb5XbcUr2RrukMU=
=HkMd
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'v3.4-rc6' into next/cleanup
Linux 3.4-rc6
Resolve conflict where an u5500 file had a bugfix go in, but was
deleted in the branch staged for next merge window.
Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
The regulators in the twl4030 can provide some voltage settings
that are not offically supported.
These settings are disabled by default, but can be enabled with
CONFIG_TWL4030_ALLOW_UNSUPPORTED=y
However
- that config variable is not mentioned in any Kconfig so cannot
be used, and
- a global setting is clumsy - a per regulator setting would be
better.
So define a new 'feature' flag that a board file can set to enable
these unsupported volatages for boards which need them.
This flag cannot (yet) be set using device-tree.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
twl-regulator has a collection of feature flags, some defined
in twl-core.c and one defined in i2c/twl.h.
This is confusing for anyone adding a new feature flag.
So collect them together and place them in twl.h immediately
after the structure in which they are initially set.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Allow up to 300 centi-seconds to be configured for the "ping timeout".
There may be setups where heavy congestion, huge buffers, and asymmetric
bandwidth limitations may need a "huge" ping-timeout as work-around
for "spurious connection loss" problems.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Reisner <philipp.reisner@linbit.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars Ellenberg <lars.ellenberg@linbit.com>
It is not "to small", but "too small".
Signed-off-by: Philipp Reisner <philipp.reisner@linbit.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars Ellenberg <lars.ellenberg@linbit.com>
In preparation for device tree, this patch changes how the DSI pins are
configured. The current configuration method is only doable with board
files and the configuration data is OMAP specific.
This patch moves the configuration data to the panel's platform data,
and the data can easily be given via DT in the future. The configuration
data format is also changed to a generic one which should be suitable
for all platforms.
The new format is an array of pin numbers, where the array items start
from clock + and -, then data1 + and -, and so on. For example:
{
0, // pin num for clock lane +
1, // pin num for clock lane -
2, // pin num for data1 lane +
3, // pin num for data1 lane -
...
}
The pin numbers are translated by the DSI driver and used to configure
the hardware appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Now that the tfp410 driver has been renamed in the code, this patch
finishes the renaming by renaming the files.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
The driver for the TFP410 DPI-to-DVI chip was named quite badly as "DVI
panel driver". This patch renames the code to use tfp410 name for the
driver.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Now that the panel-dvi driver handles the PD (power-down) GPIO, we can
remove the custom PD handling from the board files.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
The driver for the TFP410 chip should handle the power-down signal of
the chip, instead of the current way of handling it in the board files.
This patch adds power_down_gpio into the device's platform data, and
adds the necessary code in the driver to request and handle the GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Use more common code for ERTM and streaming mode segmentation and
transmission, and begin using skb control block data for delaying
extended or enhanced header generation until just before the packet is
transmitted. This code is also better suited for resegmentation,
which is needed when L2CAP links are reconfigured after an AMP channel
move.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
The Bluetooth Low Energy support so far was disabled by default via
a module parameter. With this change the module parameter will be removed
and Low Energy is enabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
No one is using hci_le_ltk_neg_reply() in bluetooth subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
In this API, we were using sizeof operator for an array
given as function argument, which is invalid.
However this API is not used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
These values are now in the nested l2cap_ctrl struct.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Instead of using modular division, the offset can be calculated using
only addition and subtraction. The previous calculation did not work
as intended and was more difficult to understand, involving unsigned
integer underflow and a check for a negative value where one was not
possible.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
User-space pass the remote device address type to kernel through
struct sockaddr_l2 what makes the advertising useless. This patch
removes all advertising cache code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to establish a LE connection we need the address type
information. User-space already pass this information to kernel
through struct sockaddr_l2.
This patch adds the dst_type parameter to l2cap_chan_connect so we
are able to pass the address type info from user-space down to
hci_conn layer.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the dst_type parameter to hci_connect function.
Instead of searching the address type in advertising cache, we
use the dst_type parameter to establish LE connections.
The dst_type is ignored for BR/EDR connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the helper function bdaddr_to_le to hci_core, so it
can be used in mgmt.c and hci_conn.c.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the address type info to struct sockaddr_l2 so
user-space can inform the remote device address type required
to establish LE connections.
Soon, instead of looking the advertising cache up to discover the
address type, we'll use this address type info to establish LE
connections.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves address type macros to bluetooth.h since they will be
used by management interface and Bluetooth socket interface. It also
replaces the macro prefix MGMT_ADDR_ by BDADDR_.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
No one is using strtoba() in the bluetooth subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
A sequence list is a data structure used to track frames that need to
be retransmitted, and frames that have been requested for
retransmission by the remote device. It can compactly represent a
list of sequence numbers within the ERTM transmit window. Memory for
the list is allocated once at connection time, and common operations
in ERTM are O(1).
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some parameters in L2CAP chan are set to default similar way in
socket based channels and A2MP channels. Adds common function which
sets all defaults.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch removes the MGMT_ADDR_INVALID macro. If the address type
isn't LE, we consider it is BR/EDR type.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Following the separation if core and sock code this change avoid
manipulation of sk inside l2cap_chan_create().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Every field from ERTM control headers is now carried in the control
block so it only has to be parsed or generated once, and can be
efficiently accessed throughout the ERTM code.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Adds some missing values for control field parsing, additional data
for the new state machine, and enumerations for states, incoming
packet classification, and state machine events.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch adds the HCI_PERIODIC_INQ flag to dev_flags. This flag
tracks if periodic inquiry is enabled or not.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch adds a handler function to Periodic Inquiry command
complete event.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch adds to hci_core the hci_cancel_le_scan function which
should be used to cancel an ongoing LE scan.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
ediv is already in little endian order.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Device ID details need to be programmed into the kernel for every
controller at least once. So provide management command for this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Device ID information can be provided via Extended Inquiry Data
as well. If a valid source is present, then include it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Inquiry Response TX power tag should be added to the Extended
Inquiry Data (EIR) as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
We initialize the "struct device" in hci_alloc_dev() for a long time now
so we can access hdev->dev.parent directly. Hence, we can drop the
temporary field hdev->parent which is used in no other place than
hci_add_sysfs().
SET_HCIDEV_DEV() is never called after registering a device by the
drivers so we do not overwrite internal device-state. Furthermore,
hdev->dev is initialized to 0 by kzalloc() inside hci_alloc_dev() so the
default behavior with dev.parent = NULL is kept.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Correct type warnings reported by sparse to show that this
functions takes ediv argument in __le16 format.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Keep lmp_subver in host byte order. We have following conversion
in hci_cc_read_local_version:
hdev->lmp_subver = __le16_to_cpu(rp->lmp_subver);
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch introduces a new mesh configuration parameter "ht_opmode" and will
allow user to check the current HT protection mode selected. Users could
configure the protection mode by the command "iw mesh_iface set mesh_param
mesh_ht_protection_mode=2". The default protection mode of mesh is set to
non-HT mixed mode.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds hooks to call into the driver to get additional
stats for the ethtool API.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The t_clk is moved from the shared part of the ethernet driver into
the per port section. Each port can have its own gated clock, which it
needs to enable/disable, as oppossed to there being one clock shared
by all ports. In practice, only kirkwood supports this at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Jamie Lentin <jm@lentin.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
Remove now redundant tclk from SPI platform data. This makes the platform
data empty, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Jamie Lentin <jm@lentin.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
This reworks the usb_serial_register_drivers() and
usb_serial_deregister_drivers() to not need a pointer to a struct
usb_driver anymore. The usb_driver structure is now created dynamically
and registered and unregistered as needed.
This saves lines of code in each usb-serial driver. All in-kernel users
of these functions were also fixed up at this time. The pl2303 driver
was tested that everything worked properly.
Thanks for the idea to do this from Alan Stern.
Cc: Adhir Ramjiawan <adhirramjiawan0@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Cc: Al Borchers <alborchers@steinerpoint.com>
Cc: Aleksey Babahin <tamerlan311@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Andrew Worsley <amworsley@gmail.com>
Cc: Bart Hartgers <bart.hartgers@gmail.com>
Cc: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Cc: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Cc: Donald Lee <donald@asix.com.tw>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Cc: Gary Brubaker <xavyer@ix.netcom.com>
Cc: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Cc: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Cc: Kautuk Consul <consul.kautuk@gmail.com>
Cc: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Cc: Lonnie Mendez <dignome@gmail.com>
Cc: Matthias Bruestle and Harald Welte <support@reiner-sct.com>
Cc: Matthias Urlichs <smurf@smurf.noris.de>
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Cc: Michal Sroczynski <msroczyn@gmail.com>
Cc: "Michał Wróbel" <michal.wrobel@flytronic.pl>
Cc: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.name>
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Cc: Peter Berger <pberger@brimson.com>
Cc: Preston Fick <preston.fick@silabs.com>
Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@sisk.pl>
Cc: Rigbert Hamisch <rigbert@gmx.de>
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Simon Arlott <simon@fire.lp0.eu>
Cc: Support Department <support@connecttech.com>
Cc: Thomas Tuttle <ttuttle@chromium.org>
Cc: Uwe Bonnes <bon@elektron.ikp.physik.tu-darmstadt.de>
Cc: Wang YanQing <Udknight@gmail.com>
Cc: William Greathouse <wgreathouse@smva.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Having fixed factors/dividers in hardware is a common pattern, so
add a basic clock type doing this. It basically describes a fixed
factor clock using a nominator and a denominator.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>
Tested-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
[mturquette@linaro.org: constify parent_names in static init macro]
[mturquette@linaro.org: copy/paste bug from mux in static init macro]
[mturquette@linaro.org: fix error handling in clk_register_fixed_factor]
[mturquette@linaro.org: improve division accuracy; thanks to Saravana]
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
This patch adds a 64-bit flags2 features member to struct mlx4_dev to
export further features of the hardware. The original flags field
tracks features whose support bits are advertised by the firmware in
offsets 0x40 and 0x44 of the query device capabilities command.
flags2 will track features whose support bits are scattered at various
offsets.
RSS support is the first feature to be exported through flags2. RSS
capabilities are located at offset 0x2e. The size of the RSS
indirection table is also given in this offset.
Signed-off-by: Shlomo Pongratz <shlomop@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Otherwise CM packets going over MLX QP1 get fixed scheduling priority 0.
We want CM packets to get the same scheduling priority, and therefore
map to the same SQ (Schedule Queue) and eventually TC (Traffic Class),
as the application requested for the actual QP used for the connection.
Signed-off-by: Oren Duer <oren@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
This patch removes ip_queue support which was marked as obsolete
years ago. The nfnetlink_queue modules provides more advanced
user-space packet queueing mechanism.
This patch also removes capability code included in SELinux that
refers to ip_queue. Otherwise, we break compilation.
Several warning has been sent regarding this to the mailing list
in the past month without anyone rising the hand to stop this
with some strong argument.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
IB_QPT_RAW_PACKET allows applications to build a complete packet,
including L2 headers, when sending; on the receive side, the HW will
not strip any headers.
This QP type is designed for userspace direct access to Ethernet; for
example by applications that do TCP/IP themselves. Only processes
with the NET_RAW capability are allowed to create raw packet QPs (the
name "raw packet QP" is supposed to suggest an analogy to AF_PACKET /
SOL_RAW sockets).
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Just as we don't allow PDs, CQs, etc. to be destroyed if there are QPs
that are attached to them, don't let a QP be destroyed if there are
multicast group(s) attached to it. Use the existing usecnt field of
struct ib_qp which was added by commit 0e0ec7e ("RDMA/core: Export
ib_open_qp() to share XRC TGT QPs") to track this.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Explicit helper attachment via the CT target is broken with NAT
if non-standard ports are used. This problem was hidden behind
the automatic helper assignment routine. Thus, it becomes more
noticeable now that we can disable the automatic helper assignment
with Eric Leblond's:
9e8ac5a netfilter: nf_ct_helper: allow to disable automatic helper assignment
Basically, nf_conntrack_alter_reply asks for looking up the helper
up if NAT is enabled. Unfortunately, we don't have the conntrack
template at that point anymore.
Since we don't want to rely on the automatic helper assignment,
we can skip the second look-up and stick to the helper that was
attached by iptables. With the CT target, the user is in full
control of helper attachment, thus, the policy is to trust what
the user explicitly configures via iptables (no automatic magic
anymore).
Interestingly, this bug was hidden by the automatic helper look-up
code. But it can be easily trigger if you attach the helper in
a non-standard port, eg.
iptables -I PREROUTING -t raw -p tcp --dport 8888 \
-j CT --helper ftp
And you disabled the automatic helper assignment.
I added the IPS_HELPER_BIT that allows us to differenciate between
a helper that has been explicitly attached and those that have been
automatically assigned. I didn't come up with a better solution
(having backward compatibility in mind).
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Allow master and backup servers to use many threads
for sync traffic. Add sysctl var "sync_ports" to define the
number of threads. Every thread will use single UDP port,
thread 0 will use the default port 8848 while last thread
will use port 8848+sync_ports-1.
The sync traffic for connections is scheduled to many
master threads based on the cp address but one connection is
always assigned to same thread to avoid reordering of the
sync messages.
Remove ip_vs_sync_switch_mode because this check
for sync mode change is still risky. Instead, check for mode
change under sync_buff_lock.
Make sure the backup socks do not block on reading.
Special thanks to Aleksey Chudov for helping in all tests.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add two new sysctl vars to control the sync rate with the
main idea to reduce the rate for connection templates because
currently it depends on the packet rate for controlled connections.
This mechanism should be useful also for normal connections
with high traffic.
sync_refresh_period: in seconds, difference in reported connection
timer that triggers new sync message. It can be used to
avoid sync messages for the specified period (or half of
the connection timeout if it is lower) if connection state
is not changed from last sync.
sync_retries: integer, 0..3, defines sync retries with period of
sync_refresh_period/8. Useful to protect against loss of
sync messages.
Allow sysctl_sync_threshold to be used with
sysctl_sync_period=0, so that only single sync message is sent
if sync_refresh_period is also 0.
Add new field "sync_endtime" in connection structure to
hold the reported time when connection expires. The 2 lowest
bits will represent the retry count.
As the sysctl_sync_period now can be 0 use ACCESS_ONCE to
avoid division by zero.
Special thanks to Aleksey Chudov for being patient with me,
for his extensive reports and helping in all tests.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
High rate of sync messages in master can lead to
overflowing the socket buffer and dropping the messages.
Fixed sleep of 1 second without wakeup events is not suitable
for loaded masters,
Use delayed_work to schedule sending for queued messages
and limit the delay to IPVS_SYNC_SEND_DELAY (20ms). This will
reduce the rate of wakeups but to avoid sending long bursts we
wakeup the master thread after IPVS_SYNC_WAKEUP_RATE (8) messages.
Add hard limit for the queued messages before sending
by using "sync_qlen_max" sysctl var. It defaults to 1/32 of
the memory pages but actually represents number of messages.
It will protect us from allocating large parts of memory
when the sending rate is lower than the queuing rate.
As suggested by Pablo, add new sysctl var
"sync_sock_size" to configure the SNDBUF (master) or
RCVBUF (slave) socket limit. Default value is 0 (preserve
system defaults).
Change the master thread to detect and block on
SNDBUF overflow, so that we do not drop messages when
the socket limit is low but the sync_qlen_max limit is
not reached. On ENOBUFS or other errors just drop the
messages.
Change master thread to enter TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE
state early, so that we do not miss wakeups due to messages or
kthread_should_stop event.
Thanks to Pablo Neira Ayuso for his valuable feedback!
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
As the goal is to mirror the inactconns/activeconns
counters in the backup server, make sure the cp->flags are
updated even if cp is still not bound to dest. If cp->flags
are not updated ip_vs_bind_dest will rely only on the initial
flags when updating the counters. To avoid mistakes and
complicated checks for protocol state rely only on the
IP_VS_CONN_F_INACTIVE bit when updating the counters.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
this_cpu_inc() is IRQ safe and faster than
local_bh_disable()/__this_cpu_inc()/local_bh_enable(), at least on x86.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch allows you to disable automatic conntrack helper
lookup based on TCP/UDP ports, eg.
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper
[ Note: flows that already got a helper will keep using it even
if automatic helper assignment has been disabled ]
Once this behaviour has been disabled, you have to explicitly
use the iptables CT target to attach helper to flows.
There are good reasons to stop supporting automatic helper
assignment, for further information, please read:
http://www.netfilter.org/news.html#2012-04-03
This patch also adds one message to inform that automatic helper
assignment is deprecated and it will be removed soon (this is
spotted only once, with the first flow that gets a helper attached
to make it as less annoying as possible).
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@regit.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use devres to implement dev_get_regmap(). This should mean that in almost
all cases devices wishing to take advantage of framework features based on
regmap shouldn't need to explicitly pass the regmap into the framework.
This simplifies device setup a bit.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This patch fixes max loop count in EQ(Channel Equalization) sequence
of link training. According to DP(displayport) specification,
the max loop count in this sequence should be 5.
Signed-off-by: Jingoo Han <jg1.han@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
This fixes spending time for evaluating parameters in trace_preempt_on/off when
the tracer config is off.
The patch mainly inspired by Steven Rostedt, thanks Steven.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/4FA73510.7070705@samsung.com
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Paul Turner <pjt@google.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Hidetoshi Seto <seto.hidetoshi@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: Minho Ban <mhban@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
These flags can be useful for extra allocations outside of the core
code.
Add __GFP_NOTRACK to them, so the archs which have kmemcheck do
not have to provide extra allocators just for that reason.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120505150141.428211694@linutronix.de
Will replace the misnomed cpu_idle_wait() function which is copied a
gazillion times all over arch/*
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120507175652.049316594@linutronix.de
The exynos_drm_hdmi_pdata struct have owned unnessary members. Remove
them and add a function pointer to configure hdmi hotplug detection pin.
Signed-off-by: Joonyoung Shim <jy0922.shim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Inki Dae <inki.dae@samsung.com>
this patch adds a feature to get a gem buffer information and user application
can get the gem buffer information simply in runtime through gem handle.
Signed-off-by: Inki Dae <inki.dae@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
with this patch, user application can set cache attribute(such as
cachable, writecombime or non-cachable) of the memory region allocated
by gem framework.
Signed-off-by: Inki Dae <inki.dae@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/param.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-agn-rx.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans-pcie-rx.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans.h
Resolved the iwlwifi conflict with mainline using 3-way diff posted
by John Linville and Stephen Rothwell. In 'net' we added a bug
fix to make iwlwifi report a more accurate skb->truesize but this
conflicted with RX path changes that happened meanwhile in net-next.
In e1000e a conflict arose in the validation code for settings of
adapter->itr. 'net-next' had more sophisticated logic so that
logic was used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a somewhat generic framework for MDIO bus
multiplexers. It is modeled on the I2C multiplexer.
The multiplexer is needed if there are multiple PHYs with the same
address connected to the same MDIO bus adepter, or if there is
insufficient electrical drive capability for all the connected PHY
devices.
Conceptually it could look something like this:
------------------
| Control Signal |
--------+---------
|
--------------- --------+------
| MDIO MASTER |---| Multiplexer |
--------------- --+-------+----
| |
C C
h h
i i
l l
d d
| |
--------- A B ---------
| | | | | |
| PHY@1 +-------+ +---+ PHY@1 |
| | | | | |
--------- | | ---------
--------- | | ---------
| | | | | |
| PHY@2 +-------+ +---+ PHY@2 |
| | | |
--------- ---------
This framework configures the bus topology from device tree data. The
mechanics of switching the multiplexer is left to device specific
drivers.
The follow-on patch contains a multiplexer driven by GPIO lines.
Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add of_mdio_find_bus() which allows an mii_bus to be located given its
associated the device tree node.
This is needed by the follow-on patch to add a driver for MDIO bus
multiplexers.
The of_mdiobus_register() function is modified so that the device tree
node is recorded in the mii_bus. Then we can find it again by
iterating over all mdio_bus_class devices.
Because the OF device tree has now become an integral part of the
kernel, this can live in mdio_bus.c (which contains the needed
mdio_bus_class structure) instead of of_mdio.c.
Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support for multiple concurrent readers of /dev/kmsg, with read(),
seek(), poll() support. Output of message sequence numbers, to allow
userspace log consumers to reliably reconnect and reconstruct their
state at any given time. After open("/dev/kmsg"), read() always
returns *all* buffered records. If only future messages should be
read, SEEK_END can be used. In case records get overwritten while
/dev/kmsg is held open, or records get faster overwritten than they
are read, the next read() will return -EPIPE and the current reading
position gets updated to the next available record. The passed
sequence numbers allow the log consumer to calculate the amount of
lost messages.
[root@mop ~]# cat /dev/kmsg
5,0,0;Linux version 3.4.0-rc1+ (kay@mop) (gcc version 4.7.0 20120315 ...
6,159,423091;ACPI: PCI Root Bridge [PCI0] (domain 0000 [bus 00-ff])
7,160,424069;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored)
SUBSYSTEM=acpi
DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00
6,339,5140900;NET: Registered protocol family 10
30,340,5690716;udevd[80]: starting version 181
6,341,6081421;FDC 0 is a S82078B
6,345,6154686;microcode: CPU0 sig=0x623, pf=0x0, revision=0x0
7,346,6156968;sr 1:0:0:0: Attached scsi CD-ROM sr0
SUBSYSTEM=scsi
DEVICE=+scsi:1:0:0:0
6,347,6289375;microcode: CPU1 sig=0x623, pf=0x0, revision=0x0
Cc: Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
Tested-by: William Douglas <william.douglas@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
- Record-based stream instead of the traditional byte stream
buffer. All records carry a 64 bit timestamp, the syslog facility
and priority in the record header.
- Records consume almost the same amount, sometimes less memory than
the traditional byte stream buffer (if printk_time is enabled). The record
header is 16 bytes long, plus some padding bytes at the end if needed.
The byte-stream buffer needed 3 chars for the syslog prefix, 15 char for
the timestamp and a newline.
- Buffer management is based on message sequence numbers. When records
need to be discarded, the reading heads move on to the next full
record. Unlike the byte-stream buffer, no old logged lines get
truncated or partly overwritten by new ones. Sequence numbers also
allow consumers of the log stream to get notified if any message in
the stream they are about to read gets discarded during the time
of reading.
- Better buffered IO support for KERN_CONT continuation lines, when printk()
is called multiple times for a single line. The use of KERN_CONT is now
mandatory to use continuation; a few places in the kernel need trivial fixes
here. The buffering could possibly be extended to per-cpu variables to allow
better thread-safety for multiple printk() invocations for a single line.
- Full-featured syslog facility value support. Different facilities
can tag their messages. All userspace-injected messages enforce a
facility value > 0 now, to be able to reliably distinguish them from
the kernel-generated messages. Independent subsystems like a
baseband processor running its own firmware, or a kernel-related
userspace process can use their own unique facility values. Multiple
independent log streams can co-exist that way in the same
buffer. All share the same global sequence number counter to ensure
proper ordering (and interleaving) and to allow the consumers of the
log to reliably correlate the events from different facilities.
Tested-by: William Douglas <william.douglas@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Neither compare_ether_addr() nor compare_ether_addr_64bits()
(as it can fall back to the former) have comparison semantics
like memcmp() where the sign of the return value indicates sort
order. We had a bug in the wireless code due to a blind memcmp
replacement because of this.
A cursory look suggests that the wireless bug was the only one
due to this semantic difference.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the node weight lookup for tree buckets by using a correct accessor.
Reflects ceph.git commit d287ade5bcbdca82a3aef145b92924cf1e856733.
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@inktank.com>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
These were used for the ill-fated forcefeed feature. Remove them.
Reflects ceph.git commit ebdf80edfecfbd5a842b71fbe5732857994380c1.
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@inktank.com>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
Remove forcefeed functionality from CRUSH. This is an ugly misfeature that
is mostly useless and unused. Remove it.
Reflects ceph.git commit ed974b5000f2851207d860a651809af4a1867942.
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@inktank.com>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
Conflicts:
net/ceph/crush/mapper.c
Move various types from int -> __u32 (or similar), and add const as
appropriate.
This reflects changes that have been present in the userland implementation
for some time.
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@inktank.com>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
This was an ill-conceived feature that has been removed from Ceph. Do
this gracefully:
- reject attempts to specify a preferred_osd via the ioctl
- stop exposing this information via virtual xattrs
- always fill in -1 for requests, in case we talk to an older server
- don't calculate preferred_osd placements/pgids
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@inktank.com>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
I can't remember why I wrote it like this many many years ago, but it's
not needed at all, let's rely on the usb-serial core for this function,
especially as it is being overridden by it anyway.
This lets us make usb_serial_probe() a static function, which it should
be.
Cc: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This is now set by the usb-serial core, no need for the driver to
individually set it.
Thanks to Alan Stern for the idea to get rid of it.
Cc: William Greathouse <wgreathouse@smva.com>
Cc: Matthias Bruestle and Harald Welte <support@reiner-sct.com>
Cc: Lonnie Mendez <dignome@gmail.com>
Cc: Peter Berger <pberger@brimson.com>
Cc: Al Borchers <alborchers@steinerpoint.com>
Cc: Gary Brubaker <xavyer@ix.netcom.com>
Cc: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.name>
Cc: Matthias Urlichs <smurf@smurf.noris.de>
Cc: Support Department <support@connecttech.com>
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Cc: Kautuk Consul <consul.kautuk@gmail.com>
Cc: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Cc: Bart Hartgers <bart.hartgers@gmail.com>
Cc: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Cc: Preston Fick <preston.fick@silabs.com>
Cc: Uwe Bonnes <bon@elektron.ikp.physik.tu-darmstadt.de>
Cc: Simon Arlott <simon@fire.lp0.eu>
Cc: Andrew Worsley <amworsley@gmail.com>
Cc: "Michał Wróbel" <michal.wrobel@flytronic.pl>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Cc: Aleksey Babahin <tamerlan311@gmail.com>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: Donald Lee <donald@asix.com.tw>
Cc: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Cc: Michal Sroczynski <msroczyn@gmail.com>
Cc: Wang YanQing <Udknight@gmail.com>
Cc: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Tuttle <ttuttle@chromium.org>
Cc: Rigbert Hamisch <rigbert@gmx.de>
Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@sisk.pl>
Cc: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Cc: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Cc: Adhir Ramjiawan <adhirramjiawan0@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Provide the registration callback to call in the Xen's
ACPI sleep functionality. This means that during S3/S5
we make a hypercall XENPF_enter_acpi_sleep with the
proper PM1A/PM1B registers.
Based of Ke Yu's <ke.yu@intel.com> initial idea.
[ From http://xenbits.xensource.com/linux-2.6.18-xen.hg
change c68699484a65 ]
[v1: Added Copyright and license]
[v2: Added check if PM1A/B the 16-bits MSB contain something. The spec
only uses 16-bits but might have more in future]
Signed-off-by: Liang Tang <liang.tang@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Where devices are visible via more than one host we sometimes wish to
indicate that cirtain devices should be ignored on a specific host. Add a
host flag indicating that this host wishes to ignore ATA specific devices.
Signed-off-by: Andy Whitcroft <apw@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
Just like with ctrl events, drivers may want to get called back on
listener add / remove for other event types too. Rather then special
casing all of this in subscribe / unsubscribe event it is better to
use ops for this.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
This pull request contains one workaround for a Silicon
Issue found on all RTL releases prior to 2.20a, which
would cause a metastability state on Run/Stop bit.
We also have some patches implementing a few extra Standard
requests introduced by USB3 spec (Set SEL and Set Isoch Delay),
as well as one patch, which has been pending for a long time,
implementing LPM support.
Last, but not least, we are splitting the host address space
out of the dwc3 core driver otherwise xHCI won't be able to
request_mem_region() its own address space. This patch is
only needed because we are (as we should) re-using the xHCI
driver, which is a completely separate module.
Together with these three big changes, come a few extra preparatory
patches which most move code around, define macros and so on, as
well as a fix for Isochronous transfers which hasn't been triggered
before.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=qgf/
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'dwc3-for-v3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/balbi/usb into usb-next
usb: dwc3: patches for v3.5 merge window
This pull request contains one workaround for a Silicon
Issue found on all RTL releases prior to 2.20a, which
would cause a metastability state on Run/Stop bit.
We also have some patches implementing a few extra Standard
requests introduced by USB3 spec (Set SEL and Set Isoch Delay),
as well as one patch, which has been pending for a long time,
implementing LPM support.
Last, but not least, we are splitting the host address space
out of the dwc3 core driver otherwise xHCI won't be able to
request_mem_region() its own address space. This patch is
only needed because we are (as we should) re-using the xHCI
driver, which is a completely separate module.
Together with these three big changes, come a few extra preparatory
patches which most move code around, define macros and so on, as
well as a fix for Isochronous transfers which hasn't been triggered
before.
[ resolved conflicts and build error in drivers/usb/dwc3/gadget.c - gregkh]
Add resource_overlaps(), which returns true if two resources overlap at all.
Use this to replace the complicated check in coalesce_windows().
Signed-Off-By: Wei Yang <weiyang@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
This pull request is quite big, but mainly because there's a
giant rework of the s3c_hsotg.c driver to make it friendlier
for other users. Samsung Exynos platforms use the DesignWare
Core USB2 IP from Synopsys so it's a bit unfair to have the
driver work for Samsung platforms only. In short, the big
rework is in preparation to make the driver more reusable.
Another big rework in this pull request came from Ido, where
he's removing the redundant pointer for the endpoint descriptor
from the controller driver's own endpoint representation. The
same pointer is available through the generic struct usb_ep
structure.
Also on this pull request is the conversion of a few extra
controller drivers to the new style registration, which allows
multiple controllers to be available on the same platform and
helps remove global pointers from those drivers.
Together with those big changes, there's the usual fixes and cleanups
to gadget drivers. Nothing major.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=irDV
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'gadget-for-v3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/balbi/usb into usb-next
usb: gadget: patches for v3.5
This pull request is quite big, but mainly because there's a
giant rework of the s3c_hsotg.c driver to make it friendlier
for other users. Samsung Exynos platforms use the DesignWare
Core USB2 IP from Synopsys so it's a bit unfair to have the
driver work for Samsung platforms only. In short, the big
rework is in preparation to make the driver more reusable.
Another big rework in this pull request came from Ido, where
he's removing the redundant pointer for the endpoint descriptor
from the controller driver's own endpoint representation. The
same pointer is available through the generic struct usb_ep
structure.
Also on this pull request is the conversion of a few extra
controller drivers to the new style registration, which allows
multiple controllers to be available on the same platform and
helps remove global pointers from those drivers.
Together with those big changes, there's the usual fixes and cleanups
to gadget drivers. Nothing major.
Remove the Intel specific interfaces from dmar.h and remove
asm/irq_remapping.h which is only used for io_apic.c anyway.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Acked-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
The operation for releasing a remapping entry is iommu
specific too.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Acked-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Convert these calls too:
* Disable of remapping hardware
* Reenable of remapping hardware
* Enable fault handling
With that all of arch/x86/kernel/apic/apic.c is converted to
use the generic intr-remapping interface.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Acked-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
This patch introduces irq_remap_ops to hold implementation
specific function pointer to handle interrupt remapping. As
the first part the initialization functions for VT-d are
converted to these ops.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Acked-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJPpvY9AAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGpEoIAJgbu+Y8gITnBK/wh9O6zy3S
5jie5KK4YWdbJsvO58WbNr3CyVIwGIqQ2dUZLiU59aBVLarlGw8xor0MmW+cZwhp
6fBHaf0qDYAV0MZjD+mnnExOiCRyISa2lPmsfu9dAWywh5KGe6/oAP6/qcXIyok3
KZyl3qQf4ENpaZPHwZPXCEkUvtuyHgNiszN+QXEadA3s19Ot4VGe9A3VGw+GNrSm
JqFIq3acQAbKa5BYaqf7TQC02v2FI7//eqt6QHxTqbE6a7LGbTvLfX3HlJ2mnfqa
1R6QHhM4y4OZDHbaMT2raHZ8WuLXzhehJzhP8Co7AHFOKwVKOb5XbcUr2RrukMU=
=HkMd
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'v3.4-rc6' into drm-intel-next
Conflicts:
drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_display.c
Ok, this is a fun story of git totally messing things up. There
/shouldn't/ be any conflict in here, because the fixes in -rc6 do only
touch functions that have not been changed in -next.
The offending commits in drm-next are 14415745b2..1fa611065 which
simply move a few functions from intel_display.c to intel_pm.c. The
problem seems to be that git diff gets completely confused:
$ git diff 14415745b2..1fa611065
is a nice mess in intel_display.c, and the diff leaks into totally
unrelated functions, whereas
$git diff --minimal 14415745b2..1fa611065
is exactly what we want.
Unfortunately there seems to be no way to teach similar smarts to the
merge diff and conflict generation code, because with the minimal diff
there really shouldn't be any conflicts. For added hilarity, every
time something in that area changes the + and - lines in the diff move
around like crazy, again resulting in new conflicts. So I fear this
mess will stay with us for a little longer (and might result in
another backmerge down the road).
Signed-Off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Read CUST_ID from the device and log it for diagnostics.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The driver still uses a custom cache implementation but the underlying
physical I/O is now done using the regmap API, saving some code and
avoiding allocating enormous scratch arrays on the stack.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Now that tasks are gone we are guaranteed to only get a single completion
per command, and thus don't need this counter.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Now that tasks are gone we are guaranteed to only get a single completion
per command, and thus don't need this counter.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Now that tasks are gone we are guaranteed to only get a single completion
per command, and thus don't need this counter.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
We can use struct se_cmd for everything it did. Make sure to pass the S/G
list and data direction to the execution function to ease adding back BIDI
support later on.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Now that we only have a single task per command we can use a direct pointer
to it instead of list.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Make CDB emulation work on commands instead of tasks again as a preparation
of removing tasks completely.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Remove the task_sectors field that isn't used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Now that we don't split commands the size field in the task is always
equivalent to the one in the CDB, even in cases where we have two tasks
due to a BIDI transfer. Just refer the the size in the command instead
of duplicating it in the task.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Now that we don't split commands the lba field in the task is always
equivalent to the one in the CDB, even in cases where we have two tasks
due to a BIDI transfer. Just refer the the lba in the command instead
of duplicating it in the task.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Now that tasks are always the same size as the command there is no need
to rewrite a CDB in common code. Notw that we keep the separately allocated
CDB in the pscsi and stgt backends for now, to easy reintroducing any
command splitting local to these backends if nessecary.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
The VM accounting makes no sense at this level, and half of the callers
didn't ever actually use the end result. The only time we want to
unaccount the memory is when we actually remove the vma, so do the
accounting at that point instead.
This simplifies the interfaces (no need to pass down that silly page
counter to functions that really don't care), and also makes it much
more obvious what is actually going on: we do vm_[un]acct_memory() when
adding or removing the vma, not on random page walking.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
None of the callers want to pass in 'zap_details', and it doesn't even
make sense for the case of actually unmapping vma's. So remove the
argument, and clean up the interface.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull x86 fixes form Peter Anvin
* 'x86-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
intel_mid_powerbtn: mark irq as IRQF_NO_SUSPEND
arch/x86/platform/geode/net5501.c: change active_low to 0 for LED driver
x86, relocs: Remove an unused variable
asm-generic: Use __BITS_PER_LONG in statfs.h
x86/amd: Re-enable CPU topology extensions in case BIOS has disabled it
With the recent changes for how we compute the skb truesize it occurs to me
we are probably going to have a lot of calls to skb_end_pointer -
skb->head. Instead of running all over the place doing that it would make
more sense to just make it a separate inline skb_end_offset(skb) that way
we can return the correct value without having gcc having to do all the
optimization to cancel out skb->head - skb->head.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is necessary for qemu to be able to pass the right information
to the guest, such as the supported page sizes and corresponding
encodings in the SLB and hash table, which can vary depending
on the processor type, the type of KVM used (PR vs HV) and the
version of KVM
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
[agraf: fix compilation on hv, adjust for newer ioctl numbers]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Doing iput() from flusher thread (writeback_sb_inodes()) can create problems
because iput() can do a lot of work - for example truncate the inode if it's
the last iput on unlinked file. Some filesystems depend on flusher thread
progressing (e.g. because they need to flush delay allocated blocks to reduce
allocation uncertainty) and so flusher thread doing truncate creates
interesting dependencies and possibilities for deadlocks.
We get rid of iput() in flusher thread by using the fact that I_SYNC inode
flag effectively pins the inode in memory. So if we take care to either hold
i_lock or have I_SYNC set, we can get away without taking inode reference
in writeback_sb_inodes().
As a side effect of these changes, we also fix possible use-after-free in
wb_writeback() because inode_wait_for_writeback() call could try to reacquire
i_lock on the inode that was already free.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
After we moved inode_sync_wait() from end_writeback() it doesn't make sense
to call the function end_writeback() anymore. Rename it to clear_inode()
which well says what the function really does - set I_CLEAR flag.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
When writeback_single_inode() is called on inode which has I_SYNC already
set while doing WB_SYNC_NONE, inode is moved to b_more_io list. However
this makes sense only if the caller is flusher thread. For other callers of
writeback_single_inode() it doesn't really make sense and may be even wrong
- flusher thread may be doing WB_SYNC_ALL writeback in parallel.
So we move requeueing from writeback_single_inode() to writeback_sb_inodes().
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
max17047 is improved version of max17042 chip. It has few HW bug
fixes with minor changes in register set.
max17050 is same as max17047 chip except its silicon packging. So from
driver's point of view there is no difference btw max1047 and max1050.
This patch adds the support to dynamically detect the chip type and
adds steps to initialize the max17047 chip.
Signed-off-by: Ramakrishna Pallala <ramakrishna.pallala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <anton.vorontsov@linaro.org>
By using cm_notify_event function, charger driver can report several
charger events (e.g. battery full and external power in/out, etc) to
Charger-Manager. Charger-Manager can properly and immediately control
chargers by the reported event.
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Donggeun Kim <dg77.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <anton.vorontsov@linaro.org>
Charger-Manager needs to check battery health in normal state
as well as suspend-to-RAM state. When the battery is fully charged,
Charger-Manager needs to determine when the chargers restart charging.
This patch allows Charger-Manager to monitor battery health in normal
state and handle operation for chargers after battery is fully charged.
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Donggeun Kim <dg77.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <anton.vorontsov@linaro.org>
The results of the default device stop and domain power off governor
functions for generic PM domains, default_stop_ok() and
default_power_down_ok(), depend only on the timing data of devices,
which are static, and on their PM QoS constraints. Thus, in theory,
these functions only need to carry out their computations, which may
be time consuming in general, when it is known that the PM QoS
constraint of at least one of the devices in question has changed.
Use the PM QoS notifiers of devices to implement that. First,
introduce new fields, constraint_changed and max_off_time_changed,
into struct gpd_timing_data and struct generic_pm_domain,
respectively, and register a PM QoS notifier function when adding
a device into a domain that will set those fields to 'true' whenever
the device's PM QoS constraint is modified. Second, make
default_stop_ok() and default_power_down_ok() use those fields to
decide whether or not to carry out their computations from scratch.
The device and PM domain hierarchies are taken into account in that
and the expense is that the changes of PM QoS constraints of
suspended devices will not be taken into account immediately, which
isn't guaranteed anyway in general.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
When an epoll_event, that has the EPOLLWAKEUP flag set, is ready, a
wakeup_source will be active to prevent suspend. This can be used to
handle wakeup events from a driver that support poll, e.g. input, if
that driver wakes up the waitqueue passed to epoll before allowing
suspend.
Signed-off-by: Arve Hjønnevåg <arve@android.com>
Reviewed-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Pull an ACPI patch from Len Brown:
"It fixes a D3 issue new in 3.4-rc1."
By Lin Ming via Len Brown:
* 'release' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/lenb/linux:
ACPI: Fix D3hot v D3cold confusion
Before this patch, ACPI_STATE_D3 incorrectly referenced D3hot
in some places, but D3cold in other places.
After this patch, ACPI_STATE_D3 always means ACPI_STATE_D3_COLD;
and all references to D3hot use ACPI_STATE_D3_HOT.
ACPI's _PR3 method is used to enter both D3hot and D3cold states.
What distinguishes D3hot from D3cold is the presence _PR3
(Power Resources for D3hot) If these resources are all ON,
then the state is D3hot. If _PR3 is not present,
or all _PR0 resources for the devices are OFF,
then the state is D3cold.
This patch applies after Linux-3.4-rc1.
A future syntax cleanup may remove ACPI_STATE_D3
to emphasize that it always means ACPI_STATE_D3_COLD.
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Acked-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Reviewed-by: Aaron Lu <aaron.lu@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
On Mon, Apr 02, 2012 at 01:53:23PM +1000, Benjamin Herrenschmidt wrote:
> > drivers/built-in.o: In function `.nouveau_pm_trigger':
> > (.text+0xa56e8): undefined reference to `.power_supply_is_system_supplied'
> >
> > nouveau probably needs to depends on CONFIG_POWER_SUPPLY to force a module
> > build with the latter is =m
>
> Ok, not that trivial...
>
> The problem is more like POWER_SUPPLY should be a bool, not a tristate.
>
> If you think about it: you don't want things like nouveau to depend on a
> random subsystem like that, people will never get it. In fact,
> POWER_SUPPLY provides empty inline stubs when not enabled, so that's
> really designed to not have depends...
>
> However that -cannot- work if POWER_SUPPLY is modular and the drivers
> who use it are not.
>
> The only fixes here that make sense I can think of
> that don't also involve Kconfig horrors are:
>
> - Ugly: in power_supply.h, use the extern variant if
>
> defined(CONFIG_POWER_SUPPLY) ||
> (defined(CONFIG_POWER_SUPPLY_MODULE) && defined(MODULE))
>
> IE. use the stub if power supply is a module and what is being built is
> built-in. Of course that's not only ugly, it somewhat sucks from a user
> perspective as the subsystem now exists but can't be used by some
> drivers...
>
> - Better: Just make the bloody thing a bool :-) The power supply
> framework itself is small enough, just make it a boolean option and
> avoid the problem entirely. The actual power supply sub drivers can
> remain modular of course.
Suggested-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <cbouatmailru@gmail.com>
This adds a new sysfs file called 'voltage_ocv' which gives the
Open Circuit Voltage of the battery.
This property can be used for platform shutdown policies and
can be useful for initial capacity estimations.
Note: This patch is generated against linux-next branch.
Signed-off-by: Ramakrishna Pallala <ramakrishna.pallala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <anton.vorontsov@linaro.org>
The calling conventions for __d_lookup_rcu() and dentry_cmp() are
annoying in different ways, and there is actually one single underlying
reason for both of the annoyances.
The fundamental reason is that we do the returned dentry sequence number
check inside __d_lookup_rcu() instead of doing it in the caller. This
results in two annoyances:
- __d_lookup_rcu() now not only needs to return the dentry and the
sequence number that goes along with the lookup, it also needs to
return the inode pointer that was validated by that sequence number
check.
- and because we did the sequence number check early (to validate the
name pointer and length) we also couldn't just pass the dentry itself
to dentry_cmp(), we had to pass the counted string that contained the
name.
So that sequence number decision caused two separate ugly calling
conventions.
Both of these problems would be solved if we just did the sequence
number check in the caller instead. There's only one caller, and that
caller already has to do the sequence number check for the parent
anyway, so just do that.
That allows us to stop returning the dentry->d_inode in that in-out
argument (pointer-to-pointer-to-inode), so we can make the inode
argument just a regular input inode pointer. The caller can just load
the inode from dentry->d_inode, and then do the sequence number check
after that to make sure that it's synchronized with the name we looked
up.
And it allows us to just pass in the dentry to dentry_cmp(), which is
what all the callers really wanted. Sure, dentry_cmp() has to be a bit
careful about the dentry (which is not stable during RCU lookup), but
that's actually very simple.
And now that dentry_cmp() can clearly see that the first string argument
is a dentry, we can use the direct word access for that, instead of the
careful unaligned zero-padding. The dentry name is always properly
aligned, since it is a single path component that is either embedded
into the dentry itself, or was allocated with kmalloc() (see __d_alloc).
Finally, this also uninlines the nasty slow-case for dentry comparisons:
that one *does* need to do a sequence number check, since it will call
in to the low-level filesystems, and we want to give those a stable
inode pointer and path component length/start arguments. Doing an extra
sequence check for that slow case is not a problem, though.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
In each remaining case the tty_lock is associated with a specific tty. This
means we can now lock on a per tty basis. We do need tty_lock_pair() for
the pty case. Uglier but still a step in the right direction.
[fixed up calls in 3 missing drivers - gregkh]
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
APIs using devres frequently want to implement a "remove and free the
resource" operation so it seems sensible that they should be able to
just have devres do the freeing for them since that's a big part of what
devres is all about.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
DEVICE_INT_ATTR() should use device_show_int() and device_store_int()
not device_show_ulong() and device_store_ulong()
Signed-off-by: Michael Davidson <md@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Some accessory detection mechanisms are able to detect that something is
physically present in the socket separately to identifying what is present
in the socket. This information can be useful to applications, for example
allowing them to indicate that a potentially broken accessory is present,
so provide a standard way to report it to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The normal read_seqcount_begin() function will wait for any current
writers to exit their critical region by looping until the sequence
count is even.
That "wait for sequence count to stabilize" is the right thing to do if
the read-locker will just retry the whole operation on contention: no
point in doing a potentially expensive reader sequence if we know at the
beginning that we'll just end up re-doing it all.
HOWEVER. Some users don't actually retry the operation, but instead
will abort and do the operation with proper locking. So the sequence
count case may be the optimistic quick case, but in the presense of
writers you may want to do full locking in order to guarantee forward
progress. The prime example of this would be the RCU name lookup.
And in that case, you may well be better off without the "retry early",
and are in a rush to instead get to the failure handling. Thus this
"raw" interface that just returns the sequence number without testing it
- it just forces the low bit to zero so that read_seqcount_retry() will
always fail such a "active concurrent writer" scenario.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
We really need to use a ACCESS_ONCE() on the sequence value read in
__read_seqcount_begin(), because otherwise the compiler might end up
reloading the value in between the test and the return of it. As a
result, it might end up returning an odd value (which means that a write
is in progress).
If the reader is then fast enough that that odd value is still the
current one when the read_seqcount_retry() is done, we might end up with
a "successful" read sequence, even despite the concurrent write being
active.
In practice this probably never really happens - there just isn't
anything else going on around the read of the sequence count, and the
common case is that we end up having a read barrier immediately
afterwards.
So the code sequence in which gcc might decide to reaload from memory is
small, and there's no reason to believe it would ever actually do the
reload. But if the compiler ever were to decide to do so, it would be
incredibly annoying to debug. Let's just make sure.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
It appears some networks play bad games with the two bits reserved for
ECN. This can trigger false congestion notifications and very slow
transferts.
Since RFC 3168 (6.1.1) forbids SYN packets to carry CT bits, we can
disable TCP ECN negociation if it happens we receive mangled CT bits in
the SYN packet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Perry Lorier <perryl@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Wilmer van der Gaast <wilmer@google.com>
Cc: Ankur Jain <jankur@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Dave Täht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With multiple cards is hard to figure out which port caused trouble
int the layer2 routines (e.g. got a timeout).
Now we have the informations in the log output.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Keil <kkeil@linux-pingi.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For certification test it is very useful to change the layer1
timer3 value on runtime.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Keil <kkeil@linux-pingi.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be full preemptiv safe, we cannot handle a L2 timeout in the timer
context itself, we should do all actions via the D-channel thread.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Keil <kkeil@linux-pingi.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code removes platform dependency from s3c-hsotg driver.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Cc: Kukjin Kim <kgene.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
This commit adds device tree support for the TPS6586x regulator.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Looking up init data for regulators found on chips is a common operation
that can be handled in a generic way. The new helper function introduced
by this patch looks up the children of a given node by names specified
in a match table and fills that match table with information parsed from
the DT.
This is based on work by Rhyland Klein <rklein@nvidia.com>.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJPnb50AAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGAE0H/A4zFZIUGmF3miKPDYmejmrZ
oVDYxVAu6JHjHWhu8E3VsinvyVscowjV8dr15eSaQzmDmRkSHAnUQ+dB7Di7jLC2
MNopxsWjwyZ8zvvr3rFR76kjbWKk/1GYytnf7GPZLbJQzd51om2V/TY/6qkwiDSX
U8Tt7ihSgHAezefqEmWp2X/1pxDCEt+VFyn9vWpkhgdfM1iuzF39MbxSZAgqDQ/9
JJrBHFXhArqJguhENwL7OdDzkYqkdzlGtS0xgeY7qio2CzSXxZXK4svT6FFGA8Za
xlAaIvzslDniv3vR2ZKd6wzUwFHuynX222hNim3QMaYdXm012M+Nn1ufKYGFxI0=
=4d4w
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'v3.4-rc5' into next
Linux 3.4-rc5
Merge to pull in prerequisite change for Smack:
86812bb0de
Requested by Casey.
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Transfer padding was wrong for full-speed USB in ASIX driver, fix
from Ingo van Lil.
2) Propagate the negative packet offset fix into the PowerPC BPF JIT.
From Jan Seiffert.
3) dl2k driver's private ioctls were letting unprivileged tasks make
MII writes and other ugly bits like that. Fix from Jeff Mahoney.
4) Fix TX VLAN and RX packet drops in ucc_geth, from Joakim Tjernlund.
5) OOPS and network namespace fixes in IPVS from Hans Schillstrom and
Julian Anastasov.
6) Fix races and sleeping in locked context bugs in drop_monitor, from
Neil Horman.
7) Fix link status indication in smsc95xx driver, from Paolo Pisati.
8) Fix bridge netfilter OOPS, from Peter Huang.
9) L2TP sendmsg can return on error conditions with the socket lock
held, oops. Fix from Sasha Levin.
10) udp_diag should return meaningful values for socket memory usage,
from Shan Wei.
11) Eric Dumazet is so awesome he gets his own section:
Socket memory cgroup code (I never should have applied those
patches, grumble...) made erroneous changes to
sk_sockets_allocated_read_positive(). It was changed to
use percpu_counter_sum_positive (which requires BH disabling)
instead of percpu_counter_read_positive (which does not).
Revert back to avoid crashes and lockdep warnings.
Adjust the default tcp_adv_win_scale and tcp_rmem[2] values
to fix throughput regressions. This is necessary as a result
of our more precise skb->truesize tracking.
Fix SKB leak in netem packet scheduler.
12) New device IDs for various bluetooth devices, from Manoj Iyer,
AceLan Kao, and Steven Harms.
13) Fix command completion race in ipw2200, from Stanislav Yakovlev.
14) Fix rtlwifi oops on unload, from Larry Finger.
15) Fix hard_mtu when adjusting hard_header_len in smsc95xx driver.
From Stephane Fillod.
16) ehea driver registers it's IRQ before all the necessary state is
setup, resulting in crashes. Fix from Thadeu Lima de Souza
Cascardo.
17) Fix PHY connection failures in davinci_emac driver, from Anatolij
Gustschin.
18) Missing break; in switch statement in bluetooth's
hci_cmd_complete_evt(). Fix from Szymon Janc.
19) Fix queue programming in iwlwifi, from Johannes Berg.
20) Interrupt throttling defaults not being actually programmed into the
hardware, fix from Jeff Kirsher and Ying Cai.
21) TLAN driver SKB encoding in descriptor busted on 64-bit, fix from
Benjamin Poirier.
22) Fix blind status block RX producer pointer deref in TG3 driver, from
Matt Carlson.
23) Promisc and multicast are busted on ehea, fixes from Thadeu Lima de
Souza Cascardo.
24) Fix crashes in 6lowpan, from Alexander Smirnov.
25) tcp_complete_cwr() needs to be careful to not rewind the CWND to
ssthresh if ssthresh has the "infinite" value. Fix from Yuchung
Cheng.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (81 commits)
sungem: Fix WakeOnLan
tcp: change tcp_adv_win_scale and tcp_rmem[2]
net: l2tp: unlock socket lock before returning from l2tp_ip_sendmsg
drop_monitor: prevent init path from scheduling on the wrong cpu
usbnet: fix failure handling in usbnet_probe
usbnet: fix leak of transfer buffer of dev->interrupt
ucc_geth: Add 16 bytes to max TX frame for VLANs
net: ucc_geth, increase no. of HW RX descriptors
netem: fix possible skb leak
sky2: fix receive length error in mixed non-VLAN/VLAN traffic
sky2: propogate rx hash when packet is copied
net: fix two typos in skbuff.h
cxgb3: Don't call cxgb_vlan_mode until q locks are initialized
ixgbe: fix calling skb_put on nonlinear skb assertion bug
ixgbe: Fix a memory leak in IEEE DCB
igbvf: fix the bug when initializing the igbvf
smsc75xx: enable mac to detect speed/duplex from phy
smsc75xx: declare smsc75xx's MII as GMII capable
smsc75xx: fix phy interrupt acknowledge
smsc75xx: fix phy init reset loop
...
This patch adds support for a skb_head_is_locked helper function. It is
meant to be used any time we are considering transferring the head from
skb->head to a paged frag. If the head is locked it means we cannot remove
the head from the skb so it must be copied or we must take the skb as a
whole.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conversion of all of the users is not done yet there are too many to change
in one go and leave the code reviewable. For now I change just the header and
a few trivial users and rely on CONFIG_UIDGID_STRICT_TYPE_CHECKS not being set
to ensure that the code will still compile during the transition.
Helper functions i_uid_read, i_uid_write, i_gid_read, i_gid_write are added
so that in most cases filesystems can avoid the complexities of multiple user
namespaces and can concentrate on moving their raw numeric values into and
out of the vfs data structures.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
These function are no longer needed replace them with their more useful equivalents.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
cred.h and a few trivial users of struct cred are changed. The rest of the users
of struct cred are left for other patches as there are too many changes to make
in one go and leave the change reviewable. If the user namespace is disabled and
CONFIG_UIDGID_STRICT_TYPE_CHECKS are disabled the code will contiue to compile
and behave correctly.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
As a first step to converting struct cred to be all kuid_t and kgid_t
values convert the group values stored in group_info to always be
kgid_t values. Unless user namespaces are used this change should
have no effect.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Add some stub functions for the case where CONFIG_VGA_ARB is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
This patch is part of a set which adds PCMCIA/CF support for the hx4700.
This patch modifies asic3_gpio_config[] as follows:
1. Remove ASIC3_GPIOC4_CF_nCD, whose purpose is unknown.
2. Add ASIC3_GPIOD4_CF_nCD, the actual CF card detect GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Paul Parsons <lost.distance@yahoo.com>
Cc: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Haojian Zhuang <haojian.zhuang@gmail.com>
Extend tcp coalescing implementing it from tcp_queue_rcv(), the main
receiver function when application is not blocked in recvmsg().
Function tcp_queue_rcv() is moved a bit to allow its call from
tcp_data_queue()
This gives good results especially if GRO could not kick, and if skb
head is a fragment.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implementing the advanced early retransmit (sysctl_tcp_early_retrans==2).
Delays the fast retransmit by an interval of RTT/4. We borrow the
RTO timer to implement the delay. If we receive another ACK or send
a new packet, the timer is cancelled and restored to original RTO
value offset by time elapsed. When the delayed-ER timer fires,
we enter fast recovery and perform fast retransmit.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements RFC 5827 early retransmit (ER) for TCP.
It reduces DUPACK threshold (dupthresh) if outstanding packets are
less than 4 to recover losses by fast recovery instead of timeout.
While the algorithm is simple, small but frequent network reordering
makes this feature dangerous: the connection repeatedly enter
false recovery and degrade performance. Therefore we implement
a mitigation suggested in the appendix of the RFC that delays
entering fast recovery by a small interval, i.e., RTT/4. Currently
ER is conservative and is disabled for the rest of the connection
after the first reordering event. A large scale web server
experiment on the performance impact of ER is summarized in
section 6 of the paper "Proportional Rate Reduction for TCP”,
IMC 2011. http://conferences.sigcomm.org/imc/2011/docs/p155.pdf
Note that Linux has a similar feature called THIN_DUPACK. The
differences are THIN_DUPACK do not mitigate reorderings and is only
used after slow start. Currently ER is disabled if THIN_DUPACK is
enabled. I would be happy to merge THIN_DUPACK feature with ER if
people think it's a good idea.
ER is enabled by sysctl_tcp_early_retrans:
0: Disables ER
1: Reduce dupthresh to packets_out - 1 when outstanding packets < 4.
2: (Default) reduce dupthresh like mode 1. In addition, delay
entering fast recovery by RTT/4.
Note: mode 2 is implemented in the third part of this patch series.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running preemptible RCU, if a task exits in an RCU read-side
critical section having blocked within that same RCU read-side critical
section, the task must be removed from the list of tasks blocking a
grace period (perhaps the current grace period, perhaps the next grace
period, depending on timing). The exit() path invokes exit_rcu() to
do this cleanup.
However, the current implementation of exit_rcu() needlessly does the
cleanup even if the task did not block within the current RCU read-side
critical section, which wastes time and needlessly increases the size
of the state space. Fix this by only doing the cleanup if the current
task is actually on the list of tasks blocking some grace period.
While we are at it, consolidate the two identical exit_rcu() functions
into a single function.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Conflicts:
kernel/rcupdate.c
Currently, PREEMPT_RCU readers are enqueued upon entry to the scheduler.
This is inefficient because enqueuing is required only if there is a
context switch, and entry to the scheduler does not guarantee a context
switch.
The commit therefore moves the enqueuing to immediately precede the
call to switch_to() from the scheduler.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This was done to resolve a merge issue with the init/main.c file.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Introduce yet another 8250 registration function.
This time it is serial8250_register_8250_port() and it
allows us to register 8250 hardware instances using struct
uart_8250_port. The new function makes it possible to
register 8250 hardware that makes use of 8250 specific
callbacks such as ->dl_read() and ->dl_write().
Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The "nodir" mode (statically assign master nodes instead
of using the resource directory) has always been highly
experimental, and never seriously used. This commit
fixes a number of problems, making nodir much more usable.
- Major change to recovery: recover all locks and restart
all in-progress operations after recovery. In some
cases it's not possible to know which in-progess locks
to recover, so recover all. (Most require recovery
in nodir mode anyway since rehashing changes most
master nodes.)
- Change the way nodir mode is enabled, from a command
line mount arg passed through gfs2, into a sysfs
file managed by dlm_controld, consistent with the
other config settings.
- Allow recovering MSTCPY locks on an rsb that has not
yet been turned into a master copy.
- Ignore RCOM_LOCK and RCOM_LOCK_REPLY recovery messages
from a previous, aborted recovery cycle. Base this
on the local recovery status not being in the state
where any nodes should be sending LOCK messages for the
current recovery cycle.
- Hold rsb lock around dlm_purge_mstcpy_locks() because it
may run concurrently with dlm_recover_master_copy().
- Maintain highbast on process-copy lkb's (in addition to
the master as is usual), because the lkb can switch
back and forth between being a master and being a
process copy as the master node changes in recovery.
- When recovering MSTCPY locks, flag rsb's that have
non-empty convert or waiting queues for granting
at the end of recovery. (Rename flag from LOCKS_PURGED
to RECOVER_GRANT and similar for the recovery function,
because it's not only resources with purged locks
that need grant a grant attempt.)
- Replace a couple of unnecessary assertion panics with
error messages.
Signed-off-by: David Teigland <teigland@redhat.com>
Devices with many DAIs are becoming more and more common, and generally
the more modern devices have consistent register layouts between DAIs.
Rather than have drivers open code lookups based on the DAI ID or cause
uglification in UI by having register addresses for IDs provide a base
address field they can use.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
The common clock framework allocates clocks dynamically. Provide a
set of helpers to streamline the clkdev registration of the clock
lookups to avoid repetitive code sequences.
Reviewed-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>
Tested-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Daniel Vetter writes:
A new drm-intel-next pull. Highlights:
- More gmbus patches from Daniel Kurtz, I think gmbus is now ready, all
known issues fixed.
- Fencing cleanup and pipelined fencing removal from Chris.
- rc6 residency interface from Ben, useful for powertop.
- Cleanups and code reorg around the ringbuffer code (Ben&me).
- Use hw semaphores in the pageflip code from Ben.
- More vlv stuff from Jesse, unfortunately his vlv cpu is doa, so less
merged than I've hoped for - we still have the unused function warning :(
- More hsw patches from Eugeni, again, not yet enabled fully.
- intel_pm.c refactoring from Eugeni.
- Ironlake sprite support from Chris.
- And various smaller improvements/fixes all over the place.
Note that this pull request also contains a backmerge of -rc3 to sort out
a few things in -next. I've also had to frob the shortlog a bit to exclude
anything that -rc3 brings in with this pull.
Regression wise we have a few strange bugs going on, but for all of them
closer inspection revealed that they've been pre-existing, just now
slightly more likely to be hit. And for most of them we have a patch
already. Otherwise QA has not reported any regressions, and I'm also not
aware of anything bad happening in 3.4.
* tag 'drm-intel-next-2012-04-23' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~danvet/drm-intel: (420 commits)
drm/i915: rc6 residency (fix the fix)
drm/i915/tv: fix open-coded ARRAY_SIZE.
drm/i915: invalidate render cache on gen2
drm/i915: Silence the change of LVDS sync polarity
drm/i915: add generic power management initialization
drm/i915: move clock gating functionality into intel_pm module
drm/i915: move emon functionality into intel_pm module
drm/i915: move drps, rps and rc6-related functions to intel_pm
drm/i915: fix line breaks in intel_pm
drm/i915: move watermarks settings into intel_pm module
drm/i915: move fbc-related functionality into intel_pm module
drm/i915: Refactor get_fence() to use the common fence writing routine
drm/i915: Refactor fence clearing to use the common fence writing routine
drm/i915: Refactor put_fence() to use the common fence writing routine
drm/i915: Prepare to consolidate fence writing
drm/i915: Remove the unsightly "optimisation" from flush_fence()
drm/i915: Simplify fence finding
drm/i915: Discard the unused obj->last_fenced_ring
drm/i915: Remove unused ring->setup_seqno
drm/i915: Remove fence pipelining
...
EMIF is an SDRAM controller used in various Texas Instruments
SoCs. EMIF supports, based on its revision, one or more of
LPDDR2/DDR2/DDR3 protocols.
Add the basic infrastructure for EMIF driver that includes
driver registration, probe, parsing of platform data etc.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh V <aneesh@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoit Cousson <b-cousson@ti.com>
[santosh.shilimkar@ti.com: Moved to drivers/memory from drivers/misc]
Signed-off-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@ti.com>
Tested-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
add LPDDR2 data from the JEDEC spec JESD209-2. The data
includes:
1. Addressing information for LPDDR2 memories of different
densities and types(S2/S4)
2. AC timing data.
This data will useful for memory controller device drivers.
Right now this is used by the TI EMIF SDRAM controller
driver.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh V <aneesh@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoit Cousson <b-cousson@ti.com>
[santosh.shilimkar@ti.com: Moved to drivers/memory from drivers/misc]
Signed-off-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@ti.com>
Tested-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Create a struct clk_init_data to hold all data that needs to be passed from
the platfrom specific driver to the common clock framework during clock
registration. Add a pointer to this struct inside clk_hw.
This has several advantages:
* Completely hides struct clk from many clock platform drivers and static
clock initialization code that don't care for static initialization of
the struct clks.
* For platforms that want to do complete static initialization, it removed
the need to directly mess with the struct clk's fields while still
allowing to statically allocate struct clk. This keeps the code more
future proof even if they include clk-private.h.
* Simplifies the generic clk_register() function and allows adding optional
fields in the future without modifying the function signature.
* Simplifies the static initialization of clocks on all platforms by
removing the need for forward delcarations or convoluted macros.
Signed-off-by: Saravana Kannan <skannan@codeaurora.org>
[mturquette@linaro.org: kept DEFINE_CLK_* macros and __clk_init]
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Jeremy Kerr <jeremy.kerr@canonical.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Arnd Bergman <arnd.bergmann@linaro.org>
Cc: Paul Walmsley <paul@pwsan.com>
Cc: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@freescale.com>
Cc: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Cc: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Cc: Richard Zhao <richard.zhao@linaro.org>
Cc: Saravana Kannan <skannan@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Magnus Damm <magnus.damm@gmail.com>
Cc: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
Cc: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Amit Kucheria <amit.kucheria@linaro.org>
Cc: Deepak Saxena <dsaxena@linaro.org>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
parent name array is now expected to be const char *, make
the relevent changes in the clk macros which define
default clock types.
Signed-off-by: Rajendra Nayak <rnayak@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
While the use of READDIRPLUS is significantly more efficient than
READDIR followed by many LOOKUP calls, it is still less efficient
than just READDIR if the attributes are not required.
This patch tracks when lookups are attempted on the directory,
and uses that information to selectively disable READDIRPLUS
on that directory.
The first 'readdir' call is always served using READDIRPLUS.
Subsequent calls only use READDIRPLUS if there was a successful
lookup or revalidation on a child in the mean time.
Credit for the original idea should go to Neil Brown. See:
http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-nfs/msg19996.html
However, the implementation in this patch differs from Neil's
in that it focuses on tracking lookups rather than calls to
stat().
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Currently most code to get child count in kernel are almost same,
add a helper to implement this function for dt to use.
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <dong.aisheng@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This platform has been obsoleted and was only available inside of
ST-Ericsson, no users of this code are left in the world. This
deletes the core U5500 support entirely in the same manner as the
obsoleted U8500 silicon was previously deleted.
Cc: Srinidhi Kasagar <srinidhi.kasagar@stericsson.com>
Cc: Rabin Vincent <rabin.vincent@stericsson.com>
Cc: Jonas Aberg <jonas.aberg@stericsson.com>
Cc: Per Forlin <per.forlin@stericsson.com>
Cc: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This platform has been obsoleted and was only available inside of
ST-Ericsson, no users of this code are left in the world. This
deletes the core U5500 support entirely in the same manner as the
obsoleted U8500 silicon was previously deleted.
Cc: Srinidhi Kasagar <srinidhi.kasagar@stericsson.com>
Cc: Rabin Vincent <rabin.vincent@stericsson.com>
Cc: Jonas Aberg <jonas.aberg@stericsson.com>
Cc: Per Forlin <per.forlin@stericsson.com>
Cc: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Get rid of the post-op GETATTR on the directory in order to reduce
the amount of processing done on the server.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Get rid of the post-op GETATTR on the directory in order to reduce
the amount of processing done on the server.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Get rid of the post-op GETATTR on the directory in order to reduce
the amount of processing done on the server.
The cost is that if we later need to stat() the directory, then we
know that the ctime and mtime are likely to be invalid.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
After the previous changes in default_stop_ok() and
default_power_down_ok() for PM domains, there are two fields in
struct dev_pm_info that aren't necessary any more, suspend_time
and max_time_suspended_ns.
Remove those fields along with all of the code that accesses them,
which simplifies the runtime PM framework quite a bit.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
The existing default domain power down governor function for PM
domains, default_power_down_ok(), is supposed to check whether or not
the PM QoS latency constraints of the devices in the domain will be
violated if the domain is turned off by pm_genpd_poweroff().
However, the computations carried out by it don't reflect the
definition of the PM QoS latency constrait in
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power.
Make default_power_down_ok() follow the definition of the PM QoS
latency constrait. In particular, make it only take latencies into
account, because it doesn't matter how much time has elapsed since
the domain's devices were suspended for the computation.
Remove the break_even_ns and power_off_time fields from
struct generic_pm_domain, because they are not necessary any more.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
The existing default device stop governor function for PM domains,
default_stop_ok(), is supposed to check whether or not the device's
PM QoS latency constraint will be violated if the device is stopped
by pm_genpd_runtime_suspend(). However, the computations carried out
by it don't reflect the definition of the PM QoS latency constrait in
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power.
Make default_stop_ok() follow the definition of the PM QoS latency
constrait. In particular, make it take the device's start and stop
latencies correctly.
Add a new field, effective_constraint_ns, to struct gpd_timing_data
and use it to store the difference between the device's PM QoS
constraint and its resume latency for use by the device's parent
(the effective_constraint_ns values for the children are used for
computing the parent's one along with its PM QoS constraint).
Remove the break_even_ns field from struct gpd_timing_data, because
it's not used any more.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Android uses one wakelock statistics that is only necessary for
opportunistic sleep. Namely, the prevent_suspend_time field
accumulates the total time the given wakelock has been locked
while "automatic suspend" was enabled. Add an analogous field,
prevent_sleep_time, to wakeup sources and make it behave in a similar
way.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Introduce a mechanism by which the kernel can trigger global
transitions to a sleep state chosen by user space if there are no
active wakeup sources.
It consists of a new sysfs attribute, /sys/power/autosleep, that
can be written one of the strings returned by reads from
/sys/power/state, an ordered workqueue and a work item carrying out
the "suspend" operations. If a string representing the system's
sleep state is written to /sys/power/autosleep, the work item
triggering transitions to that state is queued up and it requeues
itself after every execution until user space writes "off" to
/sys/power/autosleep.
That work item enables the detection of wakeup events using the
functions already defined in drivers/base/power/wakeup.c (with one
small modification) and calls either pm_suspend(), or hibernate() to
put the system into a sleep state. If a wakeup event is reported
while the transition is in progress, it will abort the transition and
the "system suspend" work item will be queued up again.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Add tracepoints to wakeup_source_activate and wakeup_source_deactivate.
Useful for checking that specific wakeup sources overlap as expected.
Signed-off-by: Arve Hjønnevåg <arve@android.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Wakeup statistics used by Android are slightly different from what we
have in wakeup sources at the moment and there aren't any known
users of those statistics other than Android, so modify them to make
it easier for Android to switch to wakeup sources.
This removes the struct wakeup_source's hit_cout field, which is very
rough and therefore not very useful, and adds two new fields,
wakeup_count and expire_count. The first one tracks how many times
the wakeup source is activated with events_check_enabled set (which
roughly corresponds to the situations when a system power transition
to a sleep state is in progress and would be aborted by this wakeup
source if it were the only active one at that time) and the second
one is the number of times the wakeup source has been activated with
a timeout that expired.
Additionally, the last_time field is now updated when the wakeup
source is deactivated too (previously it was only updated during
the wakeup source's activation), which seems to be what Android does
with the analogous counter for wakelocks.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This new driver registers the NXP ISP1301 chip via the I2C subsystem. The chip
is the USB transceiver shared by ohci-nxp, lpc32xx_udc (gadget) and
isp1301_omap.
ISP1301 is a very low-level driver that primarily separates out the I2C client
registration of the ISP1301 chip (including instantiation via DT), used by
other drivers, and declares the chip's registers. It's only a helper driver for
some OHCI and USB device drivers. The driver can be considered as a register
set extension of ohci-nxp, lpc32xx-udc and isp1301_omap, which in turn know
best what to do with the low level functionality (individual ISP1301 registers
and timing, see the different initialization strategies in those drivers).
Those drivers previously internally duplicated ISP1301 register definitions
which is solved by this new isp1301 driver. The ISP1301 registers exposed via
isp1301.h can be accessed by other drivers using it with standard i2c_smbus_*()
accesses.
Following patches let the respective USB host and gadget drivers use this
driver, instead of duplicating ISP1301 handling.
Signed-off-by: Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
On some HCDs usb_unlink_urb() can directly call the
completion handler. That limits the spinlocks that can
be taken in the handler to locks not held while calling
usb_unlink_urb()
To prevent a race with resubmission, this patch exposes
usbcore's infrastructure for blocking submission, uses it
and so drops the lock without causing a race in usbhid.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Add ECN (Explicit Congestion Notification) marking capability to netem
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem drop 0.5 ecn
Instead of dropping packets, try to ECN mark them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove useless casts and rename variables for less confusion.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
L2TPv3 defines an IP encapsulation packet format where data is carried
directly over IP (no UDP). The kernel already has support for L2TP IP
encapsulation over IPv4 (l2tp_ip). This patch introduces support for
L2TP IP encapsulation over IPv6.
The implementation is derived from ipv6/raw and ipv4/l2tp_ip.
Signed-off-by: Chris Elston <celston@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for unmanaged L2TPv3 tunnels over IPv6 using
the netlink API. We already support unmanaged L2TPv3 tunnels over
IPv4. A patch to iproute2 to make use of this feature will be
submitted separately.
Signed-off-by: Chris Elston <celston@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checkpatch warns about the use of __attribute__((packed)). So use the
recommended __packed syntax instead.
Signed-off-by: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/infiniband/ulp/srp/ib_srp.c #defines pr_fmt() PFX fmt, but PFX
is not #defined until after <linux/*> headers are included.
This results in a bad expansion of the pr_warn() in the stub function.
2084c2084
< printk("<4>" PFX "dyndbg supported only in " "CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG builds\n")
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJPnb50AAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGAE0H/A4zFZIUGmF3miKPDYmejmrZ
oVDYxVAu6JHjHWhu8E3VsinvyVscowjV8dr15eSaQzmDmRkSHAnUQ+dB7Di7jLC2
MNopxsWjwyZ8zvvr3rFR76kjbWKk/1GYytnf7GPZLbJQzd51om2V/TY/6qkwiDSX
U8Tt7ihSgHAezefqEmWp2X/1pxDCEt+VFyn9vWpkhgdfM1iuzF39MbxSZAgqDQ/9
JJrBHFXhArqJguhENwL7OdDzkYqkdzlGtS0xgeY7qio2CzSXxZXK4svT6FFGA8Za
xlAaIvzslDniv3vR2ZKd6wzUwFHuynX222hNim3QMaYdXm012M+Nn1ufKYGFxI0=
=4d4w
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'v3.4-rc5' into for-3.5/core
The core branch is behind driver commits that we want to build
on for 3.5, hence I'm pulling in a later -rc.
Linux 3.4-rc5
Conflicts:
Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
If we are in the middle of an I2C transfer we need to deny suspend
of the AB8500 core. Implement an atomic reference counter for the
I2C operations to make sure we don't do this.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Aaberg <jonas.aberg@stericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattias Wallin <mattias.wallin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The AB8505 and AB9540 has extended support for micro USB
resistance detection, used for detecting chargers. Let's
register resources for this resource. Let's also split off the
separate codec device for AB9540.
Signed-off-by: Virupax Sadashivpetimath <virupax.sadashivpetimath@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Switch the driver over to device group handling. By adding the
HID_GROUP_MULTITOUCH group to hid-core, hid-generic will no longer
match multitouch devices. By adding the HID_GROUP_MULTITOUCH entry to
the device list, hid-multitouch will match all unknown multitouch
devices, and udev will automatically load the module.
Since HID_QUIRK_MULTITOUCH never gets set, the special quirks handling
can be removed. Since all HID MT devices have HID_DG_CONTACTID, they
can be removed from the hid_have_special_driver list.
With this patch, the unknown device ids are no longer NULL, so the code
is modified to check for the generic entry instead.
Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Acked-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Devices that do not have a special driver are handled by the generic
driver. This patch does the same thing using device groups; Instead of
forcing a particular driver, the appropriate driver is picked up by
udev. As a consequence, one can now move a device from generic to
specific handling by a simple rebind. By adding a new device id to the
generic driver, the same thing can be done in reverse.
Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Acked-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Most HID drivers do not need to know what bus driver is in use.
A generic group driver can drive any hid device, and the device
list should not need to be duplicated for each new bus.
This patch adds wildcard matching to the HID bus, simplifying device
list handling for group drivers.
Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Acked-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
In order to allow the report descriptor to influence the hid device
properties, one needs to parse the descriptor early, without reference
to any driver. Scan the descriptor for group information during device
add, before the device has been broadcast to userland. The device
modalias will contain group information which can be used to
differentiate between modules. For starters, just handle the generic
group.
Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Acked-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
HID devices are only partially presented to userland. Hotplugged
devices emit events containing a modalias based on the basic bus,
vendor and product entities. However, in practise a hid device can
depend on details such as a single usb interface or a particular item
in a report descriptor.
This patch adds a device group to the hid device id, and broadcasts it
using uevent and the device modalias. The module alias generation is
modified to match. As a consequence, a device with a non-zero group
will be processed by the corresponding group driver instead of by the
generic hid driver.
Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Acked-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
The low-level driver can read the report descriptor, but it cannot
determine driver-specific changes to it. The hid core can fixup
and parse the report descriptor during driver attach, but does
not have direct access to the descriptor when doing so.
To be able to handle attach/detach of hid drivers properly,
a semantic change to hid_parse_report() is needed. This function has
been used in two ways, both as descriptor reader in the ll drivers and
as a parsor in the probe of the drivers. This patch splits the usage
by introducing hid_open_report(), and modifies the hid_parse() macro
to call hid_open_report() instead. The only usage of hid_parse_report()
is then to read and store the device descriptor. As a consequence, we
can handle the report fixups automatically inside the hid core.
Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Tested-by: Nikolai Kondrashov <spbnick@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Adding support for device sleep through the external input control
signal "SLEEP".
Changing the SLEEP signal state can switch the device into SLEEP and
ACTIVE state.
Also adding sleep configuration for different resources so that they
should be keep on during sleep state of device.
Signed-off-by: Laxman Dewangan <ldewangan@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The mfd/asic3 driver does not set the ds1wm_driver_data clock_rate field
before passing the structure to the DS1WM w1 busmaster driver.
This was not noticed before commit 26a6afb, because ds1wm_find_divisor()
unintentionally returned the correct divisor when a zero clock_rate was
passed in. However after that commit DS1WM fails a zero clock_rate:
ds1wm ds1wm: no suitable divisor for 0Hz clock
This patch sets the ds1wm_driver_data clock_rate field.
Signed-off-by: Paul Parsons <lost.distance@yahoo.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This driver currently creates resources for use by a forthcoming ICH
chipset GPIO driver. It could be expanded to create the resources for
converting the esb2rom (mtd) and iTCO_wdt (wdt), and potentially more,
drivers to use the mfd model.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
GRO can check if skb to be merged has its skb->head mapped to a page
fragment, instead of a kmalloc() area.
We 'upgrade' skb->head as a fragment in itself
This avoids the frag_list fallback, and permits to build true GRO skb
(one sk_buff and up to 16 fragments), using less memory.
This reduces number of cache misses when user makes its copy, since a
single sk_buff is fetched.
This is a followup of patch "net: allow skb->head to be a page fragment"
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->head is currently allocated from kmalloc(). This is convenient but
has the drawback the data cannot be converted to a page fragment if
needed.
We have three spots were it hurts :
1) GRO aggregation
When a linear skb must be appended to another skb, GRO uses the
frag_list fallback, very inefficient since we keep all struct sk_buff
around. So drivers enabling GRO but delivering linear skbs to network
stack aren't enabling full GRO power.
2) splice(socket -> pipe).
We must copy the linear part to a page fragment.
This kind of defeats splice() purpose (zero copy claim)
3) TCP coalescing.
Recently introduced, this permits to group several contiguous segments
into a single skb. This shortens queue lengths and save kernel memory,
and greatly reduce probabilities of TCP collapses. This coalescing
doesnt work on linear skbs (or we would need to copy data, this would be
too slow)
Given all these issues, the following patch introduces the possibility
of having skb->head be a fragment in itself. We use a new skb flag,
skb->head_frag to carry this information.
build_skb() is changed to accept a frag_size argument. Drivers willing
to provide a page fragment instead of kmalloc() data will set a non zero
value, set to the fragment size.
Then, on situations we need to convert the skb head to a frag in itself,
we can check if skb->head_frag is set and avoid the copies or various
fallbacks we have.
This means drivers currently using frags could be updated to avoid the
current skb->head allocation and reduce their memory footprint (aka skb
truesize). (thats 512 or 1024 bytes saved per skb). This also makes
bpf/netfilter faster since the 'first frag' will be part of skb linear
part, no need to copy data.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the directed yield hypercall found on other
System z hypervisors. It delegates execution time to the virtual cpu
specified in the instruction's parameter.
Useful to avoid long spinlock waits in the guest.
Christian Borntraeger: moved common code in virt/kvm/
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Weitz <WEITZKON@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
This patch adds support for Cirrus Logic CS42L52 Low Power Stereo Codec
Signed-off-by: Brian Austin <brian.austin@cirrus.com>
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <joe@nucleusys.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJPnjtXAAoJEDeqqVYsXL0MNWkIAMYc5n06Ac/gdLY8xIIYD6GA
OzLd/NQ2Q4RqZJsX26OueX2ZjMRYDixBAmiw837K9PvrLUHGfMAaninNyzDgVZ3R
pbIK45OylIQrvMAl/R7ZzqihfxJjg5utqEUt1M2qv/ikkBJ8+zWAJTQKxRYJ1OAW
9QDhIP986hljNyZfDuqXBvA4XkngYeCO0WLjBOeYCseSzeV8vOLpmsD/ANHDcqA6
Ct4uM4KJWF4jHz3sN3w5T3morNwvh42onNcy++911HcH5Nc9bkOqBWQAZ5RtINp9
8rkUz3OtCCQpZz6ffF3ZXJaopuU3ELfP80t03OScr2T75SxLqLf6mFYVAcR7RpQ=
=nXrE
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'scsi-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi
Pull SCSI fixes from James Bottomley:
"This is a set of SAS and SATA fixes; there are one or two longstanding
bug fixes, but most of this is regression fixes."
* tag 'scsi-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi:
[SCSI] libfc: update mfs boundry checking
[SCSI] Revert "[SCSI] libsas: fix sas port naming"
[SCSI] libsas: fix false positive 'device attached' conditions
[SCSI] libsas, libata: fix start of life for a sas ata_port
[SCSI] libsas: fix ata_eh clobbering ex_phys via smp_ata_check_ready
[SCSI] libsas: unify domain_device sas_rphy lifetimes
[SCSI] libsas: fix sas_get_port_device regression
[SCSI] libsas: fix sas_find_bcast_phy() in the presence of 'vacant' phys
[SCSI] libsas: introduce sas_work to fix sas_drain_work vs sas_queue_work
[SCSI] libata: Pass correct DMA device to scsi host
[SCSI] scsi_lib: use correct DMA device in __scsi_alloc_queue
More recent versions of the UEFI spec have added new attributes for
variables. Add them.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Some devices does not support bulk read and write operations, for them
we have series of single write and read operations.
Signed-off-by: Anthony Olech <Anthony.Olech@diasemi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Jangam <ashish.jangam@kpitcummins.com>
[Fixed coding style, don't check use_single_rw before assign --broonie ]
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
A PCIe downstream port is a P2P bridge. Its secondary interface is
a link that should lead only to device 0 (unless ARI is enabled)[1], so
we don't probe for non-zero device numbers.
Some Stratus ftServer systems have a PCIe downstream port (02:00.0) that
leads to both an upstream port (03:00.0) and a downstream port (03:01.0),
and 03:01.0 has important devices below it:
[0000:02]-+-00.0-[03-3c]--+-00.0-[04-09]--...
\-01.0-[0a-0d]--+-[USB]
+-[NIC]
+-...
Previously, we didn't enumerate device 03:01.0, so USB and the network
didn't work. This patch adds a DMI quirk to scan all device numbers,
not just 0, below a downstream port.
Based on a patch by Prarit Bhargava.
[1] PCIe spec r3.0, sec 7.3.1
CC: Myron Stowe <mstowe@redhat.com>
CC: Don Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com>
CC: James Paradis <james.paradis@stratus.com>
CC: Matthew Wilcox <matthew.r.wilcox@intel.com>
CC: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
CC: Prarit Bhargava <prarit@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
We need a hook to release host bridge resources allocated when creating
root bus.
Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
<asm-generic/statfs.h> is exported to userspace, so using
BITS_PER_LONG is invalid. We need to use __BITS_PER_LONG instead.
This is kernel bugzilla 43165.
Reported-by: H.J. Lu <hjl.tools@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1335465916-16965-1-git-send-email-hpa@linux.intel.com
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Use that device for pci_root_bus bridge pointer.
Use pci_release_bus_bridge_dev() to release allocated pci_host_bridge in
remove path.
Use root bus bridge pointer to get host bridge pointer instead of searching
host bridge list. That leaves the host bridge list unused, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
This introduces a fake module param $module.dyndbg. Its based upon
Thomas Renninger's $module.ddebug boot-time debugging patch from
https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/9/15/397
The 'fake' module parameter is provided for all modules, whether or
not they need it. It is not explicitly added to each module, but is
implemented in callbacks invoked from parse_args.
For builtin modules, dynamic_debug_init() now directly calls
parse_args(..., &ddebug_dyndbg_boot_params_cb), to process the params
undeclared in the modules, just after the ddebug tables are processed.
While its slightly weird to reprocess the boot params, parse_args() is
already called repeatedly by do_initcall_levels(). More importantly,
the dyndbg queries (given in ddebug_query or dyndbg params) cannot be
activated until after the ddebug tables are ready, and reusing
parse_args is cleaner than doing an ad-hoc parse. This reparse would
break options like inc_verbosity, but they probably should be params,
like verbosity=3.
ddebug_dyndbg_boot_params_cb() handles both bare dyndbg (aka:
ddebug_query) and module-prefixed dyndbg params, and ignores all other
parameters. For example, the following will enable pr_debug()s in 4
builtin modules, in the order given:
dyndbg="module params +p; module aio +p" module.dyndbg=+p pci.dyndbg
For loadable modules, parse_args() in load_module() calls
ddebug_dyndbg_module_params_cb(). This handles bare dyndbg params as
passed from modprobe, and errors on other unknown params.
Note that modprobe reads /proc/cmdline, so "modprobe foo" grabs all
foo.params, strips the "foo.", and passes these to the kernel.
ddebug_dyndbg_module_params_cb() is again called for the unknown
params; it handles dyndbg, and errors on others. The "doing" arg
added previously contains the module name.
For non CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG builds, the stub function accepts
and ignores $module.dyndbg params, other unknowns get -ENOENT.
If no param value is given (as in pci.dyndbg example above), "+p" is
assumed, which enables all pr_debug callsites in the module.
The dyndbg fake parameter is not shown in /sys/module/*/parameters,
thus it does not use any resources. Changes to it are made via the
control file.
Also change pr_info in ddebug_exec_queries to vpr_info,
no need to see it all the time.
Signed-off-by: Jim Cromie <jim.cromie@gmail.com>
CC: Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de>
CC: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Add a 3rd arg, named "doing", to unknown-options callbacks invoked
from parse_args(). The arg is passed as:
"Booting kernel" from start_kernel(),
initcall_level_names[i] from do_initcall_level(),
mod->name from load_module(), via parse_args(), parse_one()
parse_args() already has the "name" parameter, which is renamed to
"doing" to better reflect current uses 1,2 above. parse_args() passes
it to an altered parse_one(), which now passes it down into the
unknown option handler callbacks.
The mod->name will be needed to handle dyndbg for loadable modules,
since params passed by modprobe are not qualified (they do not have a
"$modname." prefix), and by the time the unknown-param callback is
called, the module name is not otherwise available.
Minor tweaks:
Add param-name to parse_one's pr_debug(), current message doesnt
identify the param being handled, add it.
Add a pr_info to print current level and level_name of the initcall,
and number of registered initcalls at that level. This adds 7 lines
to dmesg output, like:
initlevel:6=device, 172 registered initcalls
Drop "parameters" from initcall_level_names[], its unhelpful in the
pr_info() added above. This array is passed into parse_args() by
do_initcall_level().
CC: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Jim Cromie <jim.cromie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This commit implements an SRCU state machine in support of call_srcu().
The state machine is preemptible, light-weight, and single-threaded,
minimizing synchronization overhead. In particular, there is no longer
any need for synchronize_srcu() to be guarded by a mutex.
Expedited processing is handled, at least in the absence of concurrent
grace-period operations on that same srcu_struct structure, by having
the synchronize_srcu_expedited() thread take on the role of the
workqueue thread for one iteration.
There is a reasonable probability that a given SRCU callback will
be invoked on the same CPU that registered it, however, there is no
guarantee. Concurrent SRCU grace-period primitives can cause callbacks
to be executed elsewhere, even in absence of CPU-hotplug operations.
Callbacks execute in process context, but under the influence of
local_bh_disable(), so it is illegal to sleep in an SRCU callback
function.
Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The old srcu_barrier() macro is now unused. This commit removes it so
that it may be used for the SRCU flavor of rcu_barrier(), which will in
turn be needed to allow the upcoming call_srcu() to be used from within
modules.
Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
This commit implements a variant of Peter's algorithm, which may be found
at https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/2/1/119.
o Make the checking lock-free to enable parallel checking.
Parallel checking is required when (1) the original checking
task is preempted for a long time, (2) sychronize_srcu_expedited()
starts during an ongoing SRCU grace period, or (3) we wish to
avoid acquiring a lock.
o Since the checking is lock-free, we avoid a mutex in state machine
for call_srcu().
o Remove the SRCU_REF_MASK and remove the coupling with the flipping.
This might allow us to remove the preempt_disable() in future
versions, though such removal will need great care because it
rescinds the one-old-reader-per-CPU guarantee.
o Remove a smp_mb(), simplify the comments and make the smp_mb() pairs
more intuitive.
Inspired-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The purpose of the upper bit of SRCU's per-CPU counters is to guarantee
that no reasonable series of srcu_read_lock() and srcu_read_unlock()
operations can return the value of the counter to its original value.
This guarantee is require only after the index has been switched to
the other set of counters, so at most one srcu_read_lock() can affect
a given CPU's counter. The number of srcu_read_unlock() operations
on a given counter is limited to the number of tasks in the system,
which given the Linux kernel's current structure is limited to far less
than 2^30 on 32-bit systems and far less than 2^62 on 64-bit systems.
(Something about a limited number of bytes in the kernel's address space.)
Therefore, if srcu_read_lock() increments the upper bits, then
srcu_read_unlock() need not do so. In this case, an srcu_read_lock() and
an srcu_read_unlock() will flip the lower bit of the upper field of the
counter. An unreasonably large additional number of srcu_read_unlock()
operations would be required to return the counter to its initial value,
thus preserving the guarantee.
This commit takes this approach, which further allows it to shrink
the size of the upper field to one bit, making the number of
srcu_read_unlock() operations required to return the counter to its
initial value even more unreasonable than before.
Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The current implementation of synchronize_srcu_expedited() can cause
severe OS jitter due to its use of synchronize_sched(), which in turn
invokes try_stop_cpus(), which causes each CPU to be sent an IPI.
This can result in severe performance degradation for real-time workloads
and especially for short-interation-length HPC workloads. Furthermore,
because only one instance of try_stop_cpus() can be making forward progress
at a given time, only one instance of synchronize_srcu_expedited() can
make forward progress at a time, even if they are all operating on
distinct srcu_struct structures.
This commit, inspired by an earlier implementation by Peter Zijlstra
(https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/31/211) and by further offline discussions,
takes a strictly algorithmic bits-in-memory approach. This has the
disadvantage of requiring one explicit memory-barrier instruction in
each of srcu_read_lock() and srcu_read_unlock(), but on the other hand
completely dispenses with OS jitter and furthermore allows SRCU to be
used freely by CPUs that RCU believes to be idle or offline.
The update-side implementation handles the single read-side memory
barrier by rechecking the per-CPU counters after summing them and
by running through the update-side state machine twice.
This implementation has passed moderate rcutorture testing on both
x86 and Power. Also updated to use this_cpu_ptr() instead of per_cpu_ptr(),
as suggested by Peter Zijlstra.
Reported-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Reviewed-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
clean up some space-before-tabs problems.
Signed-off-by: Jim Cromie <jim.cromie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Change order of init so netns init is ready
when register ioctl and netlink.
Ver2
Whitespace fixes and __init added.
Reported-by: "Ryan O'Hara" <rohara@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_vs_create_timeout_table() can return NULL
All functions protocol init_netns is affected of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Commit b6787242f3 ("HID: hidraw: add proper error handling to raw event
reporting") forgot to update the static inline version of
hidraw_report_event() for the case when CONFIG_HIDRAW is unset. Fix that
up.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This option has been deprecated for many years now, and no userspace
tools use it anymore, so it should be safe to finally remove it.
Reported-by: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This option has been deprecated for many years now, and no userspace
tools use it anymore, so it should be safe to finally remove it.
Reported-by: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
There is currently no user, but we might need it in future.
So better add it now, before we have to convert drivers afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Cameron <jic23@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Currently we use two different naming schemes in the IIO API, iio_verb_object
and iio_object_verb. E.g iio_device_register and iio_allocate_device. This
patches renames instances of the later to the former. The patch also renames allocate to
alloc as this seems to be the preferred form throughout the kernel.
In particular the following renames are performed by the patch:
iio_put_device -> iio_device_put
iio_allocate_device -> iio_device_alloc
iio_free_device -> iio_device_free
iio_get_trigger -> iio_trigger_get
iio_put_trigger -> iio_trigger_put
iio_allocate_trigger -> iio_trigger_alloc
iio_free_trigger -> iio_trigger_free
The conversion was done with the following coccinelle patch with manual fixes to
comments and documentation.
<smpl>
@@
@@
-iio_put_device
+iio_device_put
@@
@@
-iio_allocate_device
+iio_device_alloc
@@
@@
-iio_free_device
+iio_device_free
@@
@@
-iio_get_trigger
+iio_trigger_get
@@
@@
-iio_put_trigger
+iio_trigger_put
@@
@@
-iio_allocate_trigger
+iio_trigger_alloc
@@
@@
-iio_free_trigger
+iio_trigger_free
</smpl>
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Acked-by: Jonathan Cameron <jic23@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Create a new BH_Verified flag to indicate that we've verified all the
data in a buffer_head for correctness. This allows us to bypass
expensive verification steps when they are not necessary without
missing them when they are.
Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
The actual internal pipe implementation is already really about
individual packets (called "pipe buffers"), and this simply exposes that
as a special packetized mode.
When we are in the packetized mode (marked by O_DIRECT as suggested by
Alan Cox), a write() on a pipe will not merge the new data with previous
writes, so each write will get a pipe buffer of its own. The pipe
buffer is then marked with the PIPE_BUF_FLAG_PACKET flag, which in turn
will tell the reader side to break the read at that boundary (and throw
away any partial packet contents that do not fit in the read buffer).
End result: as long as you do writes less than PIPE_BUF in size (so that
the pipe doesn't have to split them up), you can now treat the pipe as a
packet interface, where each read() system call will read one packet at
a time. You can just use a sufficiently big read buffer (PIPE_BUF is
sufficient, since bigger than that doesn't guarantee atomicity anyway),
and the return value of the read() will naturally give you the size of
the packet.
NOTE! We do not support zero-sized packets, and zero-sized reads and
writes to a pipe continue to be no-ops. Also note that big packets will
currently be split at write time, but that the size at which that
happens is not really specified (except that it's bigger than PIPE_BUF).
Currently that limit is the system page size, but we might want to
explicitly support bigger packets some day.
The main user for this is going to be the autofs packet interface,
allowing us to stop having to care so deeply about exact packet sizes
(which have had bugs with 32/64-bit compatibility modes). But user
space can create packetized pipes with "pipe2(fd, O_DIRECT)", which will
fail with an EINVAL on kernels that do not support this interface.
Tested-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net>
Cc: Thomas Meyer <thomas@m3y3r.de>
Cc: stable@kernel.org # needed for systemd/autofs interaction fix
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The AUO-K190X controllers share a very similar set of commands and
can therefore also share most of the driver code.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stübner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
With this optional callback the driver is notified when the first page
is entered into the pagelist and a new deferred_io call is scheduled.
A possible use-case for this is runtime-pm. In the first_io call
pm_runtime_get()
could be called, which starts an asynchronous runtime_resume of the
device. In the deferred_io callback a call to
pm_runtime_barrier()
makes the sure, the device is resumed by then and a
pm_runtime_put()
may put the device back to sleep.
Also, some SoCs may use the runtime-pm system to determine if they
are able to enter deeper idle states. Therefore it is necessary to
keep the use-count from the first written page until the conclusion
of the screen update, to prevent the system from going to sleep before
completing the pending update.
Two users of defio were using kmalloc to allocate the structure.
These allocations are changed to kzalloc, to prevent uninitialised
.first_io members in those drivers.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stübner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
Here are a number of small USB fixes for 3.4-rc5.
Nothing major, as before, some USB gadget fixes. There's a crash fix
for a number of ASUS laptops on resume that had been reported by a
number of different people. We think the fix might also pertain to
other machines, as this was a BIOS bug, and they seem to travel to
different models and manufacturers quite easily. Other than that, some
other reported problems fixed as well.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
iEYEABECAAYFAk+dZ7kACgkQMUfUDdst+ylxwACdFS4V69bnBi2nw9spEYClh+FB
SToAoLUFsDiTDexIMIMWZkCyq+bqVLG+
=Pzvi
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'usb-3.4-rc5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb
Pull USB fixes from Greg Kroah-Hartman:
"Here are a number of small USB fixes for 3.4-rc5.
Nothing major, as before, some USB gadget fixes. There's a crash fix
for a number of ASUS laptops on resume that had been reported by a
number of different people. We think the fix might also pertain to
other machines, as this was a BIOS bug, and they seem to travel to
different models and manufacturers quite easily. Other than that,
some other reported problems fixed as well."
* tag 'usb-3.4-rc5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb:
usb: gadget: udc-core: fix incompatibility with dummy-hcd
usb: gadget: udc-core: fix wrong call order
USB: cdc-wdm: fix race leading leading to memory corruption
USB: EHCI: fix crash during suspend on ASUS computers
usb gadget: uvc: uvc_request_data::length field must be signed
usb: gadget: dummy: do not call pullup() on udc_stop()
usb: musb: davinci.c: add missing unregister
usb: musb: drop __deprecated flag
USB: gadget: storage gadgets send wrong error code for unknown commands
usb: otg: gpio_vbus: Add otg transceiver events and notifiers
Now that encap_rcv() works on IPv6 UDP sockets, wire L2TP up to IPv6.
Support has been tested with and without hardware offloading. This
version fixes the L2TP over localhost issue with incorrect checksums
being reported.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the sematics of udpv6_queue_rcv_skb() match IPv4's
udp_queue_rcv_skb(), introduce the UDP encap_rcv() hook for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nothing controversial, just another batch of fixes:
- Samsung/exynos fixes for more merge window fallout: build errors and
warnings mostly, but also some clock/device setup issues on exynos4/5
- PXA bug and warning fixes related to gpio and pinmux
- IRQ domain conversion bugfixes for U300 and MSM
- A regulator setup fix for U300
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)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=V4y6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'fixes-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc
Pull ARM SoC fixes from Olof Johansson:
"Nothing controversial, just another batch of fixes:
- Samsung/exynos fixes for more merge window fallout: build errors
and warnings mostly, but also some clock/device setup issues on
exynos4/5
- PXA bug and warning fixes related to gpio and pinmux
- IRQ domain conversion bugfixes for U300 and MSM
- A regulator setup fix for U300"
* tag 'fixes-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc:
ARM: PXA2xx: MFP: fix potential direction bug
ARM: PXA2xx: MFP: fix bug with MFP_LPM_KEEP_OUTPUT
arm/sa1100: fix sa1100-rtc memory resource
ARM: pxa: fix gpio wakeup setting
ARM: SAMSUNG: add missing MMC_CAP2_BROKEN_VOLTAGE capability
ARM: EXYNOS: Fix compilation error when CONFIG_OF is not defined
ARM: EXYNOS: Fix resource on dev-dwmci.c
ARM: S3C24XX: Fix build warning for S3C2410_PM
ARM: mini2440_defconfig: Fix build error
ARM: msm: Fix gic irqdomain support
ARM: EXYNOS: Fix incorrect initialization of GIC
ARM: EXYNOS: use 'exynos4-sdhci' as device name for sdhci controllers
ARM: u300: bump all IRQ numbers by one
ARM: ux300: Fix unimplementable regulation constraints
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)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=V4y2
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spi-for-linus' of git://git.secretlab.ca/git/linux-2.6
Pull misc SPI device driver bug fixes from Grant Likely.
* tag 'spi-for-linus' of git://git.secretlab.ca/git/linux-2.6:
spi/spi-bfin5xx: Fix flush of last bit after each spi transfer
spi/spi-bfin5xx: fix reversed if condition in interrupt mode
spi/spi_bfin_sport: drop bits_per_word from client data
spi/bfin_spi: drop bits_per_word from client data
spi/spi-bfin-sport: move word length setup to transfer handler
spi/bfin5xx: rename config macro name for bfin5xx spi controller driver
spi/pl022: Allow request for higher frequency than maximum possible
spi/bcm63xx: set master driver mode_bits.
spi/bcm63xx: don't use the stopping state
spi/bcm63xx: convert to the pump message infrastructure
spi/spi-ep93xx.c: use dma_transfer_direction instead of dma_data_direction
spi: fix spi.h kernel-doc warning
spi/pl022: Fix calculate_effective_freq()
spi/pl022: Fix range checking for bits per word
This method changes x86 to add a breakpoint to the mcount locations
instead of calling stop machine.
Now that iret can be handled by NMIs, we perform the following to
update code:
1) Add a breakpoint to all locations that will be modified
2) Sync all cores
3) Update all locations to be either a nop or call (except breakpoint
op)
4) Sync all cores
5) Remove the breakpoint with the new code.
6) Sync all cores
[
Added updates that Masami suggested:
Use unlikely(modifying_ftrace_code) in int3 trap to keep kprobes efficient.
Don't use NOTIFY_* in ftrace handler in int3 as it is not a notifier.
]
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Acked-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu.pt@hitachi.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
These two functions do almost the same thing and duplicate some code.
Merge their implementation into a single common function.
res_counter_charge_locked() takes one more parameter but it doesn't seem
to be used outside res_counter.c yet anyway.
There is no (intended) change in the behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Now that I'm doing secinfo automatically in the v4 code this extra
argument isn't needed.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Schumaker <bjschuma@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This simplifies the code for v2 and v3 and gives v4 a chance to decide
on referrals without needing to modify the generic client.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Schumaker <bjschuma@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Need this to pass into nfs_commitdata_init, in order to keep data->dreq
accurate.
Signed-off-by: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Factors out the code that needs to change when directio
starts using these code paths.
Signed-off-by: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
It is COMMIT that is handled the most differently between
the paged and direct paths. Create a structure that encapsulates
everything either path needs to know about the commit state.
We could use void to hide some of the layout driver stuff, but
Trond suggests pulling it out to ensure type checking, given the
huge changes being made, and the fact that it doesn't interfere
with other drivers.
Signed-off-by: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This also has the advantage that it allows directio to use pnfs.
Signed-off-by: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Factors out the code that will need to change when directio
starts using these code paths. This will allow directio to use
the generic pagein and flush routines
Signed-off-by: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Decouple nfs_pgio_header and nfs_write_data, and have (possibly
multiple) nfs_write_datas each take a refcount on nfs_pgio_header.
For the moment keeps nfs_write_header as a way to preallocate a single
nfs_write_data with the nfs_pgio_header. The code doesn't need this,
and would be prettier without, but given the amount of churn I am
already introducing I didn't want to play with tuning new mempools.
This also fixes bug in pnfs_ld_handle_write_error. In the case of
desc->pg_bsize < PAGE_CACHE_SIZE, the pages list was empty, causing
replay attempt to do nothing.
Signed-off-by: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Decouple nfs_pgio_header and nfs_read_data, and have (possibly
multiple) nfs_read_datas each take a refcount on nfs_pgio_header.
For the moment keeps nfs_read_header as a way to preallocate a single
nfs_read_data with the nfs_pgio_header. The code doesn't need this,
and would be prettier without, but given the amount of churn I am
already introducing I didn't want to play with tuning new mempools.
This also fixes bug in pnfs_ld_handle_read_error. In the case of
desc->pg_bsize < PAGE_CACHE_SIZE, the pages list was empty, causing
replay attempt to do nothing.
Signed-off-by: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Both nfs_read_data and nfs_write_data devote several fields which
can be combined into a single shared struct.
Signed-off-by: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
In order to avoid duplicating all the data in nfs_read_data whenever we
split it up into multiple RPC calls (either due to a short read result
or due to rsize < PAGE_SIZE), we split out the bits that are the same
per RPC call into a separate "header" structure.
The goal this patch moves towards is to have a single header
refcounted by several rpc_data structures. Thus, want to always refer
from rpc_data to the header, and not the other way. This patch comes
close to that ideal, but the directio code currently needs some
special casing, isolated in the nfs_direct_[read_write]hdr_release()
functions. This will be dealt with in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Commits don't need the vectors of pages, etc. that writes do. Split out
a separate structure for the commit operation.
Signed-off-by: Fred Isaman <iisaman@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
If kmemdup() in hidraw_report_event() fails, we are not propagating
this fact properly.
Let hidraw_report_event() and hid_report_raw_event() return an error
value to the caller.
Reported-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Fix kernel-doc warning in spi.h (copy/paste):
Warning(include/linux/spi/spi.h:365): No description found for parameter 'unprepare_transfer_hardware'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
This helper macro retrieves the fractional part of a fixed20_12 20.12
fixed-point number.
Signed-off-by: Robert Morell <rmorell@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olofj@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Requiring the first byte of the EDID base block header to be 0 means we
don't fix up as many transfer errors as we could. Instead have the
callers specify whether it's meant to be block 0 or not, and
conditionally run header fixup based on that.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/812890
Signed-off-by: Adam Jackson <ajax@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Quoting Tore Anderson from :
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42572
When RTAX_FEATURE_ALLFRAG is set on a route, the effective TCP segment
size does not take into account the size of the IPv6 Fragmentation
header that needs to be included in outbound packets, causing every
transmitted TCP segment to be fragmented across two IPv6 packets, the
latter of which will only contain 8 bytes of actual payload.
RTAX_FEATURE_ALLFRAG is typically set on a route in response to
receving a ICMPv6 Packet Too Big message indicating a Path MTU of less
than 1280 bytes. 1280 bytes is the minimum IPv6 MTU, however ICMPv6
PTBs with MTU < 1280 are still valid, in particular when an IPv6
packet is sent to an IPv4 destination through a stateless translator.
Any ICMPv4 Need To Fragment packets originated from the IPv4 part of
the path will be translated to ICMPv6 PTB which may then indicate an
MTU of less than 1280.
The Linux kernel refuses to reduce the effective MTU to anything below
1280 bytes, instead it sets it to exactly 1280 bytes, and
RTAX_FEATURE_ALLFRAG is also set. However, the TCP segment size appears
to be set to 1240 bytes (1280 Path MTU - 40 bytes of IPv6 header),
instead of 1232 (additionally taking into account the 8 bytes required
by the IPv6 Fragmentation extension header).
This in turn results in rather inefficient transmission, as every
transmitted TCP segment now is split in two fragments containing
1232+8 bytes of payload.
After this patch, all the outgoing packets that includes a
Fragmentation header all are "atomic" or "non-fragmented" fragments,
i.e., they both have Offset=0 and More Fragments=0.
With help from David S. Miller
Reported-by: Tore Anderson <tore@fud.no>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Tested-by: Tore Anderson <tore@fud.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In 3.3, gpio wakeup setting was broken. The call
enable_irq_wake() didn't set up the PXA gpio registers
(PWER, ...) anymore.
Fix it at least for pxa27x. The driver doesn't seem to be
used in pxa25x (weird ...), and the fix doesn't extend to
pxa3xx and pxa95x (which don't have a gpio_set_wake()
available).
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Haojian Zhuang <haojian.zhuang@gmail.com>
Merge fixes from Andrew Morton:
"13 fixes. The acerhdf patches aren't (really) fixes. But they've
been stuck in my tree for up to two years, sent to Matthew multiple
times and the developers are unhappy."
* emailed from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (13 patches)
mm: fix NULL ptr dereference in move_pages
mm: fix NULL ptr dereference in migrate_pages
revert "proc: clear_refs: do not clear reserved pages"
drivers/rtc/rtc-ds1307.c: fix BUG shown with lock debugging enabled
arch/arm/mach-ux500/mbox-db5500.c: world-writable sysfs fifo file
hugetlbfs: lockdep annotate root inode properly
acerhdf: lowered default temp fanon/fanoff values
acerhdf: add support for new hardware
acerhdf: add support for Aspire 1410 BIOS v1.3314
fs/buffer.c: remove BUG() in possible but rare condition
mm: fix up the vmscan stat in vmstat
epoll: clear the tfile_check_list on -ELOOP
mm/hugetlb: fix warning in alloc_huge_page/dequeue_huge_page_vma
Add a interface pinctrl_provide_dummies for platform to indicate
whether it needs use pinctrl dummy state.
ChangeLog v3->v4:
* remove dummy gpio support in pinctrl subsystem.
Let gpio driver decide whether it wants to use pinctrl gpio mux
function.
ChangeLog v2->v3:
* Also changed the missed pinctrl gpio APIs in v1.
ChangeLog v1->v2:
* Based on sascha's suggestion, drop using kconfig since it will hide
pinctrl errors on all other boards.
See: https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/18/282
It seemed both Linus and Stephen agreed with this way, so i'm ok
with it too.
* Add dummy gpio support.
pinctrl gpio in the same situation as state.
* Patch name changed.
Original is pinctrl: handle dummy state in core.
* Split removing old dt dummy interface into a separate patch
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <dong.aisheng@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This moves the VME core, VME board drivers, and VME bridge drivers out
of the drivers/staging/vme/ area to drivers/vme/.
The VME device drivers have not moved out yet due to some API questions
they are still working through, that should happen soon, hopefully.
Cc: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@ge.com>
Cc: Manohar Vanga <manohar.vanga@cern.ch>
Cc: Vincent Bossier <vincent.bossier@gmail.com>
Cc: "Emilio G. Cota" <cota@braap.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Some on SoC DSP HW is very tightly coupled with DMA and DAI drivers. It's
necessary to allow some flexability wrt to PCM operations here so that we
can define a bespoke DPCM trigger() PCM operation for such HW.
A bespoke DPCM trigger() allows exact ordering and timing of component
triggering by allowing a component driver to manage the final enable
and disable configurations without adding extra complexity to other
component drivers. e.g. The McPDM DAI and ABE are tightly coupled on
OMAP4 so we have a bespoke trigger to manage the trigger to improve
performance and reduce complexity when triggering new McPDM BEs.
Signed-off-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Some component drivers will need to be able to look up their
DAI link substream and RTD data. Provide a mechanism for this.
Signed-off-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This patch allows DPCM to dynamically alter the FE to BE PCM links
at runtime based on mixer setting updates. DAPM is looked up after
every mixer update and we perform a DPCM runtime update if the
mixer has a change of value.
This patchs adds/changes the following :-
o Adds DPCM runtime update core.
o Changes soc_dapm_mixer_update_power() and soc_dapm_mux_update_power()
to return if a change has occured rather than 0. No other users check
atm.
Signed-off-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Add debugFS files for DPCM link management information.
Signed-off-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The Dynamic PCM core allows digital audio data to be dynamically
routed between different ALSA PCMs and DAI links on SoC CPUs with
on chip DSP devices. e.g. audio data could be played on pcm:0,0 and
routed to any (or all) SoC DAI links.
Dynamic PCM introduces the concept of Front End (FE) PCMs and Back
End (BE) PCMs. The FE PCMs are normal ALSA PCM devices except that
they can dynamically route digital audio data to any supported BE
PCM. A BE PCM has no ALSA device, but represents a DAI link and it's
substream and audio HW parameters.
e.g. pcm:0,0 routing digital data to 2 external codecs.
FE pcm:0,0 ----> BE (McBSP.0) ----> CODEC 0
+--> BE (McPDM.0) ----> CODEC 1
e.g. pcm:0,0 and pcm:0,1 routing digital data to 1 external codec.
FE pcm:0,0 ---
+--> BE (McBSP.0) ----> CODEC
FE pcm:0,1 ---
The digital audio routing is controlled by the usual ALSA method
of mixer kcontrols. Dynamic PCM uses a DAPM graph to work out the
routing based upon the mixer settings and configures the BE PCMs
based on routing and the FE HW params.
DPCM is designed so that most ASoC component drivers will need no
modification at all. It's intended that existing CODEC, DAI and
platform drivers can be used in DPCM based audio devices without
any changes. However, there will be some cases where minor changes
are required (e.g. for very tightly coupled HW) and there are
helpers to support this too.
Somethimes the HW params of a FE and BE do not match or are
incompatible, so in these cases the machine driver can reconfigure
any hw_params and make any DSP perform sample rate / format conversion.
This patch adds the core DPCM code and contains :-
o The FE and BE PCM operations.
o FE and BE DAI link support.
o FE and BE PCM creation.
o BE support API.
o BE and FE link management.
Signed-off-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
If multiple clients are registered on a single camera host interface,
the user-space hot-plug software can try to access the one, that probed
first, before probing of the second one has completed. This can be
handled by individual host drivers, but it is even better to hold back
the user-space until all the probing on this host has completed. This
fixes a race on ecovec with two clients registered on the CEU1 host, which
otherwise triggers a BUG() in sh_mobile_ceu_remove_device().
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Don't pick __u8/__u16 values directly from raw pointers, but instead use
an array of structures of code:value pairs. This is OK, since the buffer
we take options from is not an skb memory, but a user-to-kernel one.
For those options which don't require any value now, require this to be
zero (for potential future extension of this API).
v2: Changed tcp_repair_opt to use two __u32-s as spotted by David Laight.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preparatory patch to make the idle thread allocation for secondary
cpus generic.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Srivatsa S. Bhat <srivatsa.bhat@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Cc: Jesper Nilsson <jesper.nilsson@axis.com>
Cc: Richard Kuo <rkuo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Hirokazu Takata <takata@linux-m32r.org>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: James E.J. Bottomley <jejb@parisc-linux.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Cc: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Cc: x86@kernel.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120420124556.964170564@linutronix.de
- Convert the old uid mapping functions into compatibility wrappers
- Add a uid/gid mapping layer from user space uid and gids to kernel
internal uids and gids that is extent based for simplicty and speed.
* Working with number space after mapping uids/gids into their kernel
internal version adds only mapping complexity over what we have today,
leaving the kernel code easy to understand and test.
- Add proc files /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map
These files display the mapping and allow a mapping to be added
if a mapping does not exist.
- Allow entering the user namespace without a uid or gid mapping.
Since we are starting with an existing user our uids and gids
still have global mappings so are still valid and useful they just don't
have local mappings. The requirement for things to work are global uid
and gid so it is odd but perfectly fine not to have a local uid
and gid mapping.
Not requiring global uid and gid mappings greatly simplifies
the logic of setting up the uid and gid mappings by allowing
the mappings to be set after the namespace is created which makes the
slight weirdness worth it.
- Make the mappings in the initial user namespace to the global
uid/gid space explicit. Today it is an identity mapping
but in the future we may want to twist this for debugging, similar
to what we do with jiffies.
- Document the memory ordering requirements of setting the uid and
gid mappings. We only allow the mappings to be set once
and there are no pointers involved so the requirments are
trivial but a little atypical.
Performance:
In this scheme for the permission checks the performance is expected to
stay the same as the actuall machine instructions should remain the same.
The worst case I could think of is ls -l on a large directory where
all of the stat results need to be translated with from kuids and
kgids to uids and gids. So I benchmarked that case on my laptop
with a dual core hyperthread Intel i5-2520M cpu with 3M of cpu cache.
My benchmark consisted of going to single user mode where nothing else
was running. On an ext4 filesystem opening 1,000,000 files and looping
through all of the files 1000 times and calling fstat on the
individuals files. This was to ensure I was benchmarking stat times
where the inodes were in the kernels cache, but the inode values were
not in the processors cache. My results:
v3.4-rc1: ~= 156ns (unmodified v3.4-rc1 with user namespace support disabled)
v3.4-rc1-userns-: ~= 155ns (v3.4-rc1 with my user namespace patches and user namespace support disabled)
v3.4-rc1-userns+: ~= 164ns (v3.4-rc1 with my user namespace patches and user namespace support enabled)
All of the configurations ran in roughly 120ns when I performed tests
that ran in the cpu cache.
So in summary the performance impact is:
1ns improvement in the worst case with user namespace support compiled out.
8ns aka 5% slowdown in the worst case with user namespace support compiled in.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
- Transform userns->creator from a user_struct reference to a simple
kuid_t, kgid_t pair.
In cap_capable this allows the check to see if we are the creator of
a namespace to become the classic suser style euid permission check.
This allows us to remove the need for a struct cred in the mapping
functions and still be able to dispaly the user namespace creators
uid and gid as 0.
- Remove the now unnecessary delayed_work in free_user_ns.
All that is left for free_user_ns to do is to call kmem_cache_free
and put_user_ns. Those functions can be called in any context
so call them directly from free_user_ns removing the need for delayed work.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Highlights include:
- Fix NFSv4 infinite loops on open(O_TRUNC)
- Fix an Oops and an infinite loop in the NFSv4 flock code
- Don't register the PipeFS filesystem until it has been set up
- Fix an Oops in nfs_try_to_update_request
- Don't reuse NFSv4 open owners: fixes a bad sequence id storm.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=hQAK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-3.4-3' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client bugfixes from Trond Myklebust:
- Fix NFSv4 infinite loops on open(O_TRUNC)
- Fix an Oops and an infinite loop in the NFSv4 flock code
- Don't register the PipeFS filesystem until it has been set up
- Fix an Oops in nfs_try_to_update_request
- Don't reuse NFSv4 open owners: fixes a bad sequence id storm.
* tag 'nfs-for-3.4-3' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs:
NFSv4: Keep dropped state owners on the LRU list for a while
NFSv4: Ensure that we don't drop a state owner more than once
NFSv4: Ensure we do not reuse open owner names
nfs: Enclose hostname in brackets when needed in nfs_do_root_mount
NFS: put open context on error in nfs_flush_multi
NFS: put open context on error in nfs_pagein_multi
NFSv4: Fix open(O_TRUNC) and ftruncate() error handling
NFSv4: Ensure that we check lock exclusive/shared type against open modes
NFSv4: Ensure that the LOCK code sets exception->inode
NFS: check for req==NULL in nfs_try_to_update_request cleanup
SUNRPC: register PipeFS file system after pernet sybsystem
Pull x86 fixes from H. Peter Anvin.
* 'x86-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
x32, siginfo: Provide proper overrides for x32 siginfo_t
asm-generic: Allow overriding clock_t and add attributes to siginfo_t
x32: Check __ILP32__ instead of __LP64__ for x32
x86, acpi: Call acpi_enter_sleep_state via an asmlinkage C function from assembler
ACPI: Convert wake_sleep_flags to a value instead of function
x86, apic: APIC code touches invalid MSR on P5 class machines
i387: ptrace breaks the lazy-fpu-restore logic
x86/platform: Remove incorrect error message in x86_default_fixup_cpu_id()
x86, efi: Add dedicated EFI stub entry point
x86/amd: Remove broken links from comment and kernel message
x86, microcode: Ensure that module is only loaded on supported AMD CPUs
x86, microcode: Fix sysfs warning during module unload on unsupported CPUs
The "pgsteal" stat is confusing because it counts both direct reclaim as
well as background reclaim. However, we have "kswapd_steal" which also
counts background reclaim value.
This patch fixes it and also makes it match the existng "pgscan_" stats.
Test:
pgsteal_kswapd_dma32 447623
pgsteal_kswapd_normal 42272677
pgsteal_kswapd_movable 0
pgsteal_direct_dma32 2801
pgsteal_direct_normal 44353270
pgsteal_direct_movable 0
Signed-off-by: Ying Han <yinghan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Acked-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Hillf Danton <dhillf@gmail.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Dan Magenheimer <dan.magenheimer@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
read only, so change it to const.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <davidshan@tencent.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I thought this had been removed years ago. All in-kernel users of this
call have now been cleaned up and converted over to use dev_err()
instead, which is the correct thing to do. Now that there are no users,
the macro can be removed so no one else accidentally starts to use it.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Step 1 in moving the IIO core out of staging.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Cameron <jic23@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Reorder structure writeback_control to remove 8 bytes of padding on 64
bit builds, this shrinks its size from 48 to 40 bytes.
This structure is always on the stack and uses C99 named initialisation,
so should be safe and have a small impact on stack usage.
Signed-off-by: Richard Kennedy <richard@rsk.demon.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
This comment was referring to an older PINMUX define, it should
be PINCTRL now.
Reported-by: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
Acked-by: Dong Aisheng <dong.aisheng@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
fallocate filesystem operation preallocates media space for the given file.
If fallocate returns success then any subsequent write to the given range
never fails with 'not enough space' error.
Signed-off-by: Anatol Pomozov <anatol.pomozov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
way the code checks for already disabled indices.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJPkEFNAAoJEBLB8Bhh3lVKEigP/1hrNM0oE3IQHejNYkZ2kbj0
DL4WkALiHCgWJVcr/lk9PvTaY7aIAo8HFgvbUKF4PcBvnFZvu6rckJPIsWgsE1wD
+OHDaO27vyYKMaA9ImvqYneB8hcl528EDlZ7ssfTepQXPyx99SoTYc9ToT1+znVp
qQUC+d67MTLl/eHL+i6rbQfYdVaXGaVTuAIpzQn3oTqUDLrmXKe+60oTgnC0zgSW
kQ63Vo8MHi9CpzCe0JhZwvK3d8sPzrBktNisaEbdHe+0Gk5zvcEiPzE2nIyvLXjz
cf0QoQFQHzniCdFQoYjzLafT3aItBsN1v29gOrydPT6LxMZ8wO5k+8Suu1NcyI9R
RLJR61wKwSzi4JQ/1+LAqoDQHrldATKPCM74BLYiNTi8OGeqda+10COJQmLFITzM
9mn9fg/ZPg8V+z+0e2zObYcFVRtUCIs+XRWIzjhuPICdRRnwoNT+b9HyrLZ5JY1X
BH3nHon0W4Bm5jEBhOb02XLdzBMtF3vRM4mNYCzpoS/tDFRszyOuV63FXkPurVbe
hT9ZKhDZ63YV8ycwx2jqZgZAFuySi719kG3aUMDNMJYbUEi6D0QRKH9ngE6JAvwH
rw1hX65sNX9jbBOAvcDTq2780SpV3dpO1TywLip9uSWIk6DYyEVHbr8AdWwnLlfb
fdq9y8V/3+NC9aTNf/e3
=VwUL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'l3-fix-for-3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bp/bp into x86/urgent
A small L3 cache index disable fix from Srivatsa Bhat which unifies the
way the code checks for already disabled indices.
( Pulling it into v3.4 despite the v3.5 tag - the fix is small and we better
keep the same code across kernel versions for such user facing interfaces. )
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
The Nomadik PL080 variant has some extra protection bits that
may be set, so we need to check these bits to see if the
channels are actually available for the DMAengine to use.
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Alim Akhtar <alim.akhtar@gmail.com>
Cc: Alessandro Rubini <rubini@gnudd.com>
Reviewed-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@linux.intel.com>
Implement the ISCSI_HOST_PARAM_INITIATOR_NAME for .get_host_param
Signed-off-by: John Soni Jose <sony.john-n@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayamohan Kallickal <jayamohan.kallickal@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Traces of rcu_prep_idle events can be confusing because
rcu_cleanup_after_idle() does no tracing. This commit therefore adds
this tracing.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The rcu_blocking_is_gp() function tests to see if there is only one
online CPU, and if so, synchronize_sched() and friends become no-ops.
However, for larger systems, num_online_cpus() scans a large vector,
and might be preempted while doing so. While preempted, any number
of CPUs might come online and go offline, potentially resulting in
num_online_cpus() returning 1 when there never had only been one
CPU online. This could result in a too-short RCU grace period, which
could in turn result in total failure, except that the only way that
the grace period is too short is if there is an RCU read-side critical
section spanning it. For RCU-sched and RCU-bh (which are the only
cases using rcu_blocking_is_gp()), RCU read-side critical sections
have either preemption or bh disabled, which prevents CPUs from going
offline. This in turn prevents actual failures from occurring.
This commit therefore adds a large block comment to rcu_blocking_is_gp()
documenting why it is safe. This commit also moves rcu_blocking_is_gp()
into kernel/rcutree.c, which should help prevent unwary developers from
mistaking it for a generally useful function.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Currently, __kfree_rcu() is implemented as an inline function, and
contains a BUILD_BUG_ON() that malfunctions if __kfree_rcu() is compiled
as an out-of-line function. Unfortunately, there are compiler settings
(e.g., -O0) that can result in __kfree_rcu() being compiled out of line,
resulting in annoying build breakage. This commit therefore converts
both __kfree_rcu() and __is_kfree_rcu_offset() from inline functions to
macros to prevent such misbehavior on the part of the compiler.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
The list_first_entry_rcu() macro is inherently unsafe because it cannot
be applied to an empty list. But because RCU readers do not exclude
updaters, a list might become empty between the time that list_empty()
claimed it was non-empty and the time that list_first_entry_rcu() is
invoked. Therefore, the list_empty() test cannot be separated from the
list_first_entry_rcu() call. This commit therefore combines these to
macros to create a new list_first_or_null_rcu() macro that replaces
the old (and unsafe) list_first_entry_rcu() macro.
This patch incorporates Paul's review comments on the previous version of
this patch available here:
https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/2/536
This patch cannot break any upstream code because list_first_entry_rcu()
is not being used anywhere in the kernel (tested with grep(1)), and any
external code using it is probably broken as a result of using it.
Signed-off-by: Michel Machado <michel@digirati.com.br>
CC: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
CC: Dipankar Sarma <dipankar@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
* Make __list_add_rcu check the next->prev and prev->next pointers
just like __list_add does.
* Make list_del_rcu use __list_del_entry, which does the same checking
at deletion time.
Has been running for a week here without anything being tripped up,
but it seems worth adding for completeness just in case something
ever does corrupt those lists.
Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
All macros used for creating different kind of clocks have similar code for
initializing struct clk. This patch removes those redundant lines and create
another macro DEFINE_CLK.
Signed-off-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
CLK_MUX_INDEX_BIT is mistakenly written as CLK_MUX_INDEX_BITWISE in comment. Fix
it.
CLK_GATE_SET_TO_DISABLE is mistakenly written as CLK_GATE_SET_DISABLE in
comment. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
For most of .set_rate implementation, parent_rate will be used, so just
like passing parent_rate into .recalc_rate, let's pass parent_rate into
.set_rate too.
It also updates the kernel doc for .set_rate ops.
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
This patch is the basic clk version of 'clk: core: copy parent_names &
return error codes'.
The registration functions are changed to allow the core code to copy
the array of strings and allow platforms to declare those arrays as
__initdata.
This patch also converts all of the basic clk registration functions to
return error codes which better aligns them with the existing clk.h api.
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
This patch cleans up clk_register and solves a few bugs by teaching
clk_register and __clk_init to return error codes (instead of just NULL)
to better align with the existing clk.h api.
Along with that change this patch also introduces a new behavior whereby
clk_register copies the parent_names array, thus allowing platforms to
declare their parent_names arrays as __initdata.
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
Drivers should be able to declare their arrays of parent names as const
so the APIs need to accept const arguments.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
[mturquette@linaro.org: constified gate]
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
The comment is inaccurate (it actually ends the CONFIG_COMMON_CLK
section, there's no else) and given that we've just got a single level
of ifdef isn't really needed anyway.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
Besides the static initialization, the clk_ops of basic clks could
also be used by particular clk type being subclass of the basic clks.
For example, clk_busy_divider has the same clk_ops as clk_divider,
except it has to wait for a busy bit before return success with
.set_rate. clk_busy_divider will somehow reuse clk_ops of clk_divider.
Since clk-provider.h is included by clk-private.h, it's safe to move
those clk_ops declaration of basic clks form clk-private.h into
clk-provider.h, so that implementation of clks like clk_busy_divider
above do not need to include clk-private.h to access those clk_ops.
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
The clk_ops of basic clks should have "const" to match the definition
in "struct clk" and clk_register prototype.
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@linaro.org>
When we do this it becomes clear the lock we should be holding is the vc
lock, and in fact many of our other helpers are properly invoked this way.
We don't at this point guarantee not to race the keyboard code but the results
of that appear harmless and that was true before we started as well.
We now have no users of tty_lock in the console driver...
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This patch (as1545) fixes a problem affecting several ASUS computers:
The machine crashes or corrupts memory when going into suspend if the
ehci-hcd driver is bound to any controllers. Users have been forced
to unbind or unload ehci-hcd before putting their systems to sleep.
After extensive testing, it was determined that the machines don't
like going into suspend when any EHCI controllers are in the PCI D3
power state. Presumably this is a firmware bug, but there's nothing
we can do about it except to avoid putting the controllers in D3
during system sleep.
The patch adds a new flag to indicate whether the problem is present,
and avoids changing the controller's power state if the flag is set.
Runtime suspend is unaffected; this matters only for system suspend.
However as a side effect, the controller will not respond to remote
wakeup requests while the system is asleep. Hence USB wakeup is not
functional -- but of course, this is already true in the current state
of affairs.
This fixes Bugzilla #42728.
Signed-off-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Tested-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Tested-by: Andrey Rahmatullin <wrar@wrar.name>
Tested-by: Oleksij Rempel (fishor) <bug-track@fisher-privat.net>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Currently, MSI messages can only be injected to in-kernel irqchips by
defining a corresponding IRQ route for each message. This is not only
unhandy if the MSI messages are generated "on the fly" by user space,
IRQ routes are a limited resource that user space has to manage
carefully.
By providing a direct injection path, we can both avoid using up limited
resources and simplify the necessary steps for user land.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
The default VGA device is a somewhat fluid concept on platforms with
multiple GPUs. Add support for setting it so switching code can update
things appropriately, and make sure that the sysfs code returns the right
device if it's changed.
v2: Updated to fix builds when __ARCH_HAS_VGA_DEFAULT_DEVICE is false.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Acked-by: benh@kernel.crashing.org
Cc: airlied@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
bridge: set fake_rtable's dst to NULL to avoid kernel Oops
when bridge is deleted before tap/vif device's delete, kernel may
encounter an oops because of NULL reference to fake_rtable's dst.
Set fake_rtable's dst to NULL before sending packets out can solve
this problem.
v4 reformat, change br_drop_fake_rtable(skb) to {}
v3 enrich commit header
v2 introducing new flag DST_FAKE_RTABLE to dst_entry struct.
[ Use "do { } while (0)" for nop br_drop_fake_rtable()
implementation -DaveM ]
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Huang <peter.huangpeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix merge between commit 3adadc08cc ("net ax25: Reorder ax25_exit to
remove races") and commit 0ca7a4c87d ("net ax25: Simplify and
cleanup the ax25 sysctl handling")
The former moved around the sysctl register/unregister calls, the
later simply removed them.
With help from Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_add_backlog() & sk_rcvqueues_full() hard coded sk_rcvbuf as the
memory limit. We need to make this limit a parameter for TCP use.
No functional change expected in this patch, all callers still using the
old sk_rcvbuf limit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Rick Jones <rick.jones2@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> reported:
> On 04/23/2012 12:07 AM, Stephen Rothwell wrote:
>
>> Hi all,
>>
>> Changes since 20120420:
>
>
> include/net/ax25.h:447:75: error: expected ';' before '}' token
>
> static inline int ax25_register_dev_sysctl(ax25_dev *ax25_dev) { return 0 };
> static inline void ax25_unregister_dev_sysctl(ax25_dev *ax25_dev) {};
>
> First function: move ';' inside braces.
> Second function: drop the ';'.
Put the semicolons where it makes sense.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a debugfs entry under per_cpu/ folder for each cpu called
buffer_size_kb to control the ring buffer size for each CPU
independently.
If the global file buffer_size_kb is used to set size, the individual
ring buffers will be adjusted to the given size. The buffer_size_kb will
report the common size to maintain backward compatibility.
If the buffer_size_kb file under the per_cpu/ directory is used to
change buffer size for a specific CPU, only the size of the respective
ring buffer is updated. When tracing/buffer_size_kb is read, it reports
'X' to indicate that sizes of per_cpu ring buffers are not equivalent.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1328212844-11889-1-git-send-email-vnagarnaik@google.com
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Michael Rubin <mrubin@google.com>
Cc: David Sharp <dhsharp@google.com>
Cc: Justin Teravest <teravest@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Nagarnaik <vnagarnaik@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Currently, trace_printk() uses a single buffer to write into
to calculate the size and format needed to save the trace. To
do this safely in an SMP environment, a spin_lock() is taken
to only allow one writer at a time to the buffer. But this could
also affect what is being traced, and add synchronization that
would not be there otherwise.
Ideally, using percpu buffers would be useful, but since trace_printk()
is only used in development, having per cpu buffers for something
never used is a waste of space. Thus, the use of the trace_bprintk()
format section is changed to be used for static fmts as well as dynamic ones.
Then at boot up, we can check if the section that holds the trace_printk
formats is non-empty, and if it does contain something, then we
know a trace_printk() has been added to the kernel. At this time
the trace_printk per cpu buffers are allocated. A check is also
done at module load time in case a module is added that contains a
trace_printk().
Once the buffers are allocated, they are never freed. If you use
a trace_printk() then you should know what you are doing.
A buffer is made for each type of context:
normal
softirq
irq
nmi
The context is checked and the appropriate buffer is used.
This allows for totally lockless usage of trace_printk(),
and they no longer even disable interrupts.
Requested-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
For the particular issue of x32, which shares code with i386 in the
handling of compat_siginfo_t, the use of a 64-bit clock_t bumps the
sigchld structure out of alignment, which triggers a messy cascade of
padding.
This was already handled on the kernel compat side, but it needs
handling on the user space side, which uses the generic header. To
make that possible:
1. Allow __kernel_clock_t to be overridden in struct siginfo;
2. Allow there to be attributes added to struct siginfo.
Reported-by: H.J. Lu <hjl.rools@gmail.com>
Cc: Bruce J. Beare <bruce.j.beare@intel.com>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/CAMe9rOqF6Kh6-NK7oP0Fpzkd4SBAWU%2BG53hwBbSD4iA2UzyxuA@mail.gmail.com
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> reported:
> On 04/23/2012 12:07 AM, Stephen Rothwell wrote:
>
>> Hi all,
>>
>> Changes since 20120420:
>
>
>
> ERROR: "unregister_net_sysctl_table" [net/phonet/phonet.ko] undefined!
> ERROR: "register_net_sysctl" [net/phonet/phonet.ko] undefined!
>
> when CONFIG_SYSCTL is not enabled.
Add static inline stub functions to gracefully handle the case when sysctl
support is not present.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_ave_rssi need to be declare as export for driver to use it.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added support for a control that strobes a bit in
a register to high then back to low (or the inverse).
This is typically useful for hardware that requires
strobing a singe bit to trigger some functionality
and where exposing the bit in a normal single control
would require the user to first manually set then
again unset the bit again for the strobe to trigger.
Added convenience macro.
SOC_SINGLE_STROBE
Added accessor implementations.
snd_soc_get_strobe
snd_soc_put_strobe
Signed-off-by: Kristoffer KARLSSON <kristoffer.karlsson@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Added control type that can span multiple consecutive codec registers
forming a single signed value in a MSB/LSB manner.
The control dynamically adjusts to the register word size configured
in driver.
Added convenience macro.
SOC_SINGLE_XR_SX
Added accessor implementations.
snd_soc_info_xr_sx
snd_soc_get_xr_sx
snd_soc_put_xr_sx
Signed-off-by: Kristoffer KARLSSON <kristoffer.karlsson@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This regression has been introduced in
commit f56f821feb
Author: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Date: Sun Mar 25 19:47:41 2012 +0200
mm: extend prefault helpers to fault in more than PAGE_SIZE
I have failed to notice this because x86 asm seems to happily compile
things as-is.
Reported-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org
Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
The new structs added in struct detailed_data_monitor_range must be
marked with packed attribute although the outer struct itself is
already marked as packed. Otherwise these 7-bytes structs may be
aligned, and give the wrong position and size for the data.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Acked-by: Adam Jackson <ajax@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Fixes the following build warning on x86_64.
In file included from include/trace/ftrace.h:567:0,
from include/trace/define_trace.h:86,
from include/trace/events/asoc.h:410,
from sound/soc/soc-core.c:45:
include/trace/events/asoc.h: In function 'ftrace_raw_event_snd_soc_dapm_output_path':
include/trace/events/asoc.h:246:1: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Wpointer-to-int-cast]
include/trace/events/asoc.h: In function 'ftrace_raw_event_snd_soc_dapm_input_path':
include/trace/events/asoc.h:275:1: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Wpointer-to-int-cast]
Signed-off-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Remove custom hack and make use of the notifier chain interfaces for
delivering events from the ports to their associated clients.
Clients that want to receive port events need to register their callbacks
using hsi_register_port_event(). The callbacks can be called in interrupt
context. Use hsi_unregestier_port_event() to undo the registration.
Signed-off-by: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Use the proper release mechanism for hsi_controller and
hsi_ports structures. Free the structures through their
associated device release callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This changes the ordering of initialization and probing events from:
1/ allocate rphy in PORTE_BYTES_DMAED, DISCE_REVALIDATE_DOMAIN
2/ allocate ata_port and schedule port probe in DISCE_PROBE
...to:
1/ allocate ata_port in PORTE_BYTES_DMAED, DISCE_REVALIDATE_DOMAIN
2/ allocate rphy in PORTE_BYTES_DMAED, DISCE_REVALIDATE_DOMAIN
3/ schedule port probe in DISCE_PROBE
This ordering prevents PHYE_SIGNAL_LOSS_EVENTS from sneaking in to
destrory ata devices before they have been fully initialized:
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at 0000000000003b10
IP: [<ffffffffa0053d7e>] sas_ata_end_eh+0x12/0x5e [libsas]
...
[<ffffffffa004d1af>] sas_unregister_common_dev+0x78/0xc9 [libsas]
[<ffffffffa004d4d4>] sas_unregister_dev+0x4f/0xad [libsas]
[<ffffffffa004d5b1>] sas_unregister_domain_devices+0x7f/0xbf [libsas]
[<ffffffffa004c487>] sas_deform_port+0x61/0x1b8 [libsas]
[<ffffffffa004bed0>] sas_phye_loss_of_signal+0x29/0x2b [libsas]
...and kills the awkward "sata domain_device briefly existing in the
domain without an ata_port" state.
Reported-by: Michal Kosciowski <michal.kosciowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
When requeuing work to a draining workqueue the last work instance may
not be idle, so sas_queue_work() must not touch work->entry. Introduce
sas_work with a drain_node list_head to have a private list for
collecting work deferred due to drain collision.
Fixes reports like:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)
IP: [<ffffffff810410d4>] process_one_work+0x2e/0x338
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
With this we can eliminate some duplicate code in panel drivers.
Also lgphilips-lb035q02, nec-nl8048hl11-01b, picodlp and
tpo-td043mtea1 gain support of reading timings over sysfs.
Signed-off-by: Grazvydas Ignotas <notasas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
omapdss driver needs to use the omap_pm_set_min_bus_tput(), so add a new
entry for that in omapdss's platform data, and set it.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Cc: Paul Walmsley <paul@pwsan.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Pull powerpc fixes from Benjamin Herrenschmidt:
"Here are a few fixes for powerpc. Note the addition to the generic
irq.h. This is part of a 3-patches regression fix for mpic due to
changes in how IRQ_TYPE_NONE is being handled. Thomas agreed to the
addition of the new IRQ_TYPE_DEFAULT contant, however he hasn't
replied with an Ack to the actual patch yet. I don't to wait much
longer with these patches tho."
* 'merge' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/benh/powerpc:
powerpc/mpic: Properly set default triggers
irq: Add IRQ_TYPE_DEFAULT for use by PIC drivers
powerpc/mpic: Fix confusion between hw_irq and virq
powerpc/pmac: Don't add_timer() twice
powerpc/eeh: Fix crash caused by null eeh_dev
powerpc/mpc85xx: add MPIC message dts node
powerpc/mpic_msgr: fix offset error when setting mer register
powerpc/mpic_msgr: add lock for MPIC message global variable
powerpc/mpic_msgr: fix compile error when SMP disabled
powerpc: fix build when CONFIG_BOOKE_WDT is enabled
powerpc/85xx: don't call of_platform_bus_probe() twice
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix namespace init and cleanup in phonet to fix some oopses, from
Eric W. Biederman.
2) Missing kfree_skb() in AF_KEY, from Julia Lawall.
3) Refcount leak and source address handling fix in l2tp from James
Chapman.
4) Memory leak fix in CAIF from Tomasz Gregorek.
5) When routes are cloned from ipv6 addrconf routes, we don't process
expirations properly. Fix from Gao Feng.
6) Fix panic on DMA errors in atl1 driver, from Tony Zelenoff.
7) Only enable interrupts in 8139cp driver after we've registered the
IRQ handler. From Jason Wang.
8) Fix too many reads of KS_CIDER register in ks8851 during probe,
fixing crashes on spurious interrupts. From Matt Renzelmann.
9) Missing include in ath5k driver and missing iounmap on probe
failure, from Jonathan Bither.
10) Fix RX packet handling in smsc911x driver, from Will Deacon.
11) Fix ixgbe WoL on fiber by leaving the laser on during shutdown.
12) ks8851 needs MAX_RECV_FRAMES increased otherwise the internal MAC
buffers are easily overflown. Fix from Davide Cimingahi.
13) Fix memory leaks in peak_usb CAN driver, from Jesper Juhl.
14) gred packet scheduler can dump in WRED more when doing a netlink
dump. Fix from David Ward.
15) Fix MTU in USB smsc75xx driver, from Stephane Fillod.
16) Dummy device needs ->ndo_uninit handler to properly handle
->ndo_init failures. From Hiroaki SHIMODA.
17) Fix TX fragmentation in ath9k driver, from Sujith Manoharan.
18) Missing RTNL lock in ixgbe PM resume, from Benjamin Poirier.
19) Missing iounmap in farsync WAN driver, from Julia Lawall.
20) With LRO/GRO, tcp_grow_window() is easily tricked into not growing
the receive window properly, and this hurts performance. Fix from
Eric Dumazet.
21) Network namespace init failure can leak net_generic data, fix from
Julian Anastasov.
22) Fix skb_over_panic due to mis-accounting in TCP for partially ACK'd
SKBs. From Eric Dumazet.
23) New IDs for qmi_wwan driver, from Bjørn Mork.
24) Fix races in ax25_exit(), from Eric W. Biederman.
25) IPV6 TCP doesn't handle TCP_MAXSEG socket option properly, copy over
logic from the IPV4 side. From Neal Cardwell.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (59 commits)
tcp: fix TCP_MAXSEG for established IPv6 passive sockets
drivers/net: Do not free an IRQ if its request failed
drop_monitor: allow more events per second
ks8851: Fix request_irq/free_irq mismatch
net/hyperv: Adding cancellation to ensure rndis filter is closed
ks8851: Fix mutex deadlock in ks8851_net_stop()
net ax25: Reorder ax25_exit to remove races.
icplus: fix interrupt for IC+ 101A/G and 1001LF
net: qmi_wwan: support Sierra Wireless MC77xx devices in QMI mode
bnx2x: off by one in bnx2x_ets_e3b0_sp_pri_to_cos_set()
ksz884x: don't copy too much in netdev_set_mac_address()
tcp: fix retransmit of partially acked frames
netns: do not leak net_generic data on failed init
net/sock.h: fix sk_peek_off kernel-doc warning
tcp: fix tcp_grow_window() for large incoming frames
drivers/net/wan/farsync.c: add missing iounmap
davinci_mdio: Fix MDIO timeout check
ipv6: clean up rt6_clean_expires
ipv6: fix rt6_update_expires
arcnet: rimi: Fix device name in debug output
...
This is meant typically to allow a PIC driver's irq domain map() callback
to establish sane defaults for the interrupt (and make sure that the HW
and the irq_desc are in sync as far as the trigger is concerned).
The irq core may not call the set_trigger callback if it thinks the
trigger is already set to the right setting, so we need to ensure new
descriptors are properly synchronized with the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
This resolves the conflict in:
drivers/usb/host/ehci-fsl.c
And picks up loads of xhci bugfixes to make it easier for others to test
with.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
For now, it just contains the hack for cirrusfb on Amiga, which is moved
out of <video/vga.h> with some slight modifications (use raw_*() instead of
z_*(), which are defined on all m68k platforms).
This makes it safe to include <video/vga.h> in all contexts. Before it
could fail to compile with
include/video/vga.h: In function ‘vga_mm_r’:
include/video/vga.h:242: error: implicit declaration of function ‘z_readb’
include/video/vga.h: In function ‘vga_mm_w’:
include/video/vga.h:247: error: implicit declaration of function ‘z_writeb’
include/video/vga.h: In function ‘vga_mm_w_fast’:
include/video/vga.h:253: error: implicit declaration of function ‘z_writew’
or
include/video/vga.h:23:21: error: asm/vga.h: No such file or directory
depending on the value of CONFIG_AMIGA.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: linux-fbdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org
Commit 06e8935feb ("optimized SDIO IRQ handling for single irq")
introduced some spurious calls to SDIO function interrupt handlers,
such as when the SDIO IRQ thread is started, or the safety check
performed upon a system resume. Let's add a flag to perform the
optimization only when a real interrupt is signaled by the host
driver and we know there is no point confirming it.
Reported-by: Sujit Reddy Thumma <sthumma@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
This patch adds device tree support to the pnx-i2c driver by using platform
resources for memory region and irq and removing dependency on mach includes.
The following platforms are affected:
* PNX
* LPC31xx (WIP)
* LPC32xx
The patch is based on a patch by Jon Smirl, working on lpc31xx integration
Signed-off-by: Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de>
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
As a precondition for device tree conversion, the platforms using i2c-pnx.c are
converted to using mem and irq resources instead of platform data.
Signed-off-by: Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
This commit moves the (substantial) common code shared between
tcp_v4_init_sock() and tcp_v6_init_sock() to a new address-family
independent function, tcp_init_sock().
Centralizing this functionality should help avoid drift issues,
e.g. where the IPv4 side is updated without a corresponding update to
IPv6. There was already some drift: IPv4 initialized snd_cwnd to
TCP_INIT_CWND, while the IPv6 side was still initializing snd_cwnd to
2 (in this case it should not matter, since snd_cwnd is also
initialized in tcp_init_metrics(), but the general risks and
maintenance overhead remain).
When diffing the old and new code, note that new tcp_init_sock()
function uses the order of steps from the tcp_v4_init_sock()
implementation (the order is slightly different in
tcp_v6_init_sock()).
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes content of hashlist (used to get port struct by
computed index (0...en_port_count-1)). Now the hash list contains only
enabled ports so userspace will be able to say what ports can be used
for tx/rx. This becomes handy when userspace will need to disable ports
which does not belong to active aggregator. By default, newly added port
is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are options, which are set up on a socket while performing
TCP handshake. Need to resurrect them on a socket while repairing.
A new sockoption accepts a buffer and parses it. The buffer should
be CODE:VALUE sequence of bytes, where CODE is standard option
code and VALUE is the respective value.
Only 4 options should be handled on repaired socket.
To read 3 out of 4 of these options the TCP_INFO sockoption can be
used. An ability to get the last one (the mss_clamp) was added by
the previous patch.
Now the restore. Three of these options -- timestamp_ok, mss_clamp
and snd_wscale -- are just restored on a coket.
The sack_ok flags has 2 issues. First, whether or not to do sacks
at all. This flag is just read and set back. No other sack info is
saved or restored, since according to the standart and the code
dropping all sack-ed segments is OK, the sender will resubmit them
again, so after the repair we will probably experience a pause in
connection. Next, the fack bit. It's just set back on a socket if
the respective sysctl is set. No collected stats about packets flow
is preserved. As far as I see (plz, correct me if I'm wrong) the
fack-based congestion algorithm survives dropping all of the stats
and repairs itself eventually, probably losing the performance for
that period.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This includes (according the the previous description):
* TCP_REPAIR sockoption
This one just puts the socket in/out of the repair mode.
Allowed for CAP_NET_ADMIN and for closed/establised sockets only.
When repair mode is turned off and the socket happens to be in
the established state the window probe is sent to the peer to
'unlock' the connection.
* TCP_REPAIR_QUEUE sockoption
This one sets the queue which we're about to repair. The
'no-queue' is set by default.
* TCP_QUEUE_SEQ socoption
Sets the write_seq/rcv_nxt of a selected repaired queue.
Allowed for TCP_CLOSE-d sockets only. When the socket changes
its state the other seq-s are changed by the kernel according
to the protocol rules (most of the existing code is actually
reused).
* Ability to forcibly bind a socket to a port
The sk->sk_reuse is set to SK_FORCE_REUSE.
* Immediate connect modification
The connect syscall initializes the connection, then directly jumps
to the code which finalizes it.
* Silent close modification
The close just aborts the connection (similar to SO_LINGER with 0
time) but without sending any FIN/RST-s to peer.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just the preparation patch, which makes the needed for
TCP repair code ready for use.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Name them in a "backward compatible" manner, i.e. reuse or not
are still 1 and 0 respectively. The reuse value of 2 means that
the socket with it will forcibly reuse everyone else's port.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The major fixes here are:
* Build fix for omap_hsmmc with OF against 3.4-rc1.
* Fix CONFIG_MMC_UNSAFE_RESUME semantics regression against 3.3,
which broke hotplug card detection when UNSAFE_RESUME is set.
* Fix a race condition in omap_hsmmc with runtime PM.
* Fix two libertas SDIO-powered-resume regressions.
Also small fixes for discard/sanitize, dw_mmc, cd-gpio and esdhc-imx.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)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=Zl8K
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mmc-fixes-for-3.4-rc4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/cjb/mmc
Pull MMC fixes from Chris Ball:
- Build fix for omap_hsmmc with OF against 3.4-rc1.
- Fix CONFIG_MMC_UNSAFE_RESUME semantics regression against 3.3, which
broke hotplug card detection when UNSAFE_RESUME is set.
- Fix a race condition in omap_hsmmc with runtime PM.
- Fix two libertas SDIO-powered-resume regressions.
- Small fixes for discard/sanitize, dw_mmc, cd-gpio and esdhc-imx.
* tag 'mmc-fixes-for-3.4-rc4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/cjb/mmc:
mmc: core: Do not pre-claim host in suspend
mmc: dw_mmc: prevent NULL dereference for dma_ops
mmc: unbreak sdhci-esdhc-imx on i.MX25
mmc: cd-gpio: Include header to pickup exported symbol prototypes
mmc: sdhci: refine non-removable card checking for card detection
mmc: dw_mmc: Fix switch from DMA to PIO
mmc: remove MMC bus legacy suspend/resume method
mmc: omap_hsmmc: Get rid of of_have_populated_dt() usage
mmc: omap_hsmmc: build fix for CONFIG_OF=y and CONFIG_MMC_OMAP_HS=m
mmc: fixes for eMMC v4.5 sanitize operation
mmc: fixes for eMMC v4.5 discard operation
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)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=gHlK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mfd-for-linus-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/mfd-2.6
Pull MFD fixes from Samuel Ortiz:
"We have 3 build fixes, a OMAP USB host PHY reset fix and the twl6040
conversion to an i2c driver. The latter may not sound like a fix but
the twl6040 MFD driver won't probe without it, triggering an OMAP4
audio regression."
* tag 'mfd-for-linus-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/mfd-2.6:
mfd: Fix modular builds of rc5t583 regulator support
mfd: Fix asic3_gpio_to_irq
ARM: OMAP3: USB: Fix the EHCI ULPI PHY reset issue
mfd: Convert twl6040 to i2c driver, and separate it from twl core
mfd : Fix dbx500 compilation error
The NFSv4 spec is ambiguous about whether or not it is permissible
to reuse open owner names, so play it safe. This patch adds a timestamp
to the state_owner structure, and combines that with the IDA based
uniquifier.
Fixes a regression whereby the Linux server returns NFS4ERR_BAD_SEQID.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
All of the users have been converted to use registera_net_sysctl so we
no longer need register_net_sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't use struct ctl_path anymore so delete the exported constants.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There isn't much advantage here except that strings paths are a bit
easier to read, and converting everything to them allows me to kill off
ctl_path.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sysctl core no longer natively understands sysctl tables
with .child entries.
Split the ipv6_table to remove the .child entries.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't register/unregister every ax25 table in a batch. Instead register
and unregister per device ax25 sysctls as ax25 devices come and go.
This moves ax25 to be a completely modern sysctl user. Registering the
sysctls in just the initial network namespace, removing the use of
.child entries that are no longer natively supported by the sysctl core
and taking advantage of the fact that there are no longer any ordering
constraints between registering and unregistering different sysctl
tables.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sysctl no longer requires explicit creation of directories. The neigh
directory is always populated with at least a default entry so this
won't cause any user visible changes.
Delete the ipv4_path and the ipv4_skeleton these are no longer needed.
Directly register the ipv4_route_table.
And since I am an idiot remove the header definitions that I should
have removed in the previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
register_sysctl_rotable never caught on as an interesting way to
register sysctls. My take on the situation is that what we want are
sysctls that we can only see in the initial network namespace. What we
have implemented with register_sysctl_rotable are sysctls that we can
see in all of the network namespaces and can only change in the initial
network namespace.
That is a very silly way to go. Just register the network sysctls
in the initial network namespace and we don't have any weird special
cases to deal with.
The sysctls affected are:
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ipfrag_secret_interval
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ipfrag_max_dist
/proc/sys/net/ipv6/ip6frag_secret_interval
/proc/sys/net/ipv6/mld_max_msf
I really don't expect anyone will miss them if they can't read them in a
child user namespace.
CC: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the netfilter code is modified to use register_net_sysctl_table the
kernel fails to boot because the per net sysctl infrasturce is not setup
soon enough. So to avoid races call net_sysctl_init from sock_init().
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now all of the networking sysctl registrations are running in a
compatibiity mode. The natvie sysctl registration api takes a cstring
for a path and a simple ctl_table. Implement register_net_sysctl so
that we can register network sysctls without needing to use
compatiblity code in the sysctl core.
Switching from a ctl_path to a cstring results in less boiler plate
and denser code that is a little easier to read.
I would simply have changed the arguments to register_net_sysctl_table
instead of keeping two functions in parallel but gcc will allow a
ctl_path pointer to be passed to a char * pointer with only issuing a
warning resulting in completely incorrect code can be built. Since I
have to change the function name I am taking advantage of the situation
to let both register_net_sysctl and register_net_sysctl_table live for a
short time in parallel which makes clean conversion patches a bit easier
to read and write.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MMC bus is using legacy suspend/resume method, which is not compatible if
runtime pm callbacks are used. In this scenario, MMC bus suspend/resume
callbacks cannot be called when system entering S3. So change to use the
new defined dev_pm_ops for system sleeping mode.
Tested on AM335x Platform. Solves major issue/crash reported at
http://www.mail-archive.com/linux-omap@vger.kernel.org/msg65425.html
Signed-off-by: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com>
Tested-by: Hebbar, Gururaja <gururaja.hebbar@ti.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
This continues the theme started with vm_brk() and vm_munmap():
vm_mmap() does the same thing as do_mmap(), but additionally does the
required VM locking.
This uninlines (and rewrites it to be clearer) do_mmap(), which sadly
duplicates it in mm/mmap.c and mm/nommu.c. But that way we don't have
to export our internal do_mmap_pgoff() function.
Some day we hopefully don't have to export do_mmap() either, if all
modular users can become the simpler vm_mmap() instead. We're actually
very close to that already, with the notable exception of the (broken)
use in i810, and a couple of stragglers in binfmt_elf.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Like the vm_brk() function, this is the same as "do_munmap()", except it
does the VM locking for the caller.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
It does the same thing as "do_brk()", except it handles the VM locking
too.
It turns out that all external callers want that anyway, so we can make
do_brk() static to just mm/mmap.c while at it.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The Android alarm interface provides a settime call that sets both
the alarmtimer RTC device and CLOCK_REALTIME to the same value.
Since there may be multiple rtc devices, provide a hook to access the
one the alarmtimer infrastructure is using.
CC: Colin Cross <ccross@android.com>
CC: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
CC: Android Kernel Team <kernel-team@android.com>
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
MX23/28 use IP cores which follow a register layout I have first seen on
STMP3xxx SoCs. In this layout, every register actually has four u32:
1.) to store a value directly
2.) a SET register where every 1-bit sets the corresponding bit,
others are unaffected
3.) same with a CLR register
4.) same with a TOG (toggle) register
Also, the 2 MSBs in register 0 are always the same and can be used to reset
the IP core.
All this is strictly speaking not mach-specific (but IP core specific) and,
thus, doesn't need to be in mach-mxs/include. At least mx6 also uses IP cores
following this stmp-style. So:
Introduce a stmp-style device, put the code and defines for that in a public
place (lib/), and let drivers for stmp-style devices select that code.
To avoid regressions and ease reviewing, the actual code is simply copied from
mach-mxs. It definately wants updates, but those need a seperate patch series.
Voila, mach dependency gone, reusable code introduced. Note that I didn't
remove the duplicated code from mach-mxs yet, first the drivers have to be
converted.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Dong Aisheng <dong.aisheng@linaro.org>
Here are a number of tiny USB fixes for 3.4-rc4.
Most of them are in the USB gadget area, but a few other minor USB driver and
core fixes are here as well.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.18 (GNU/Linux)
iEYEABECAAYFAk+RmT0ACgkQMUfUDdst+yn+ZwCfdYjcW7uIvCqNifegNcSapAX5
zDUAninQ0Dhuu+jSkB3+hbfYDxFCutbW
=H4c9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'usb-3.4-rc4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb
Pull USB fixes from Greg Kroah-Hartman:
"Here are a number of tiny USB fixes for 3.4-rc4.
Most of them are in the USB gadget area, but a few other minor USB
driver and core fixes are here as well.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'usb-3.4-rc4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb: (36 commits)
USB: serial: cp210x: Fixed usb_control_msg timeout values
USB: ehci-tegra: don't call set_irq_flags(IRQF_VALID)
USB: yurex: Fix missing URB_NO_TRANSFER_DMA_MAP flag in urb
USB: yurex: Remove allocation of coherent buffer for setup-packet buffer
drivers/usb/misc/usbtest.c: add kfrees
USB: ehci-fsl: Fix kernel crash on mpc5121e
uwb: fix error handling
uwb: fix use of del_timer_sync() in interrupt
EHCI: always clear the STS_FLR status bit
EHCI: fix criterion for resuming the root hub
USB: sierra: avoid QMI/wwan interface on MC77xx
usb: usbtest: avoid integer overflow in alloc_sglist()
usb: usbtest: avoid integer overflow in test_ctrl_queue()
USB: fix deadlock in bConfigurationValue attribute method
usb: gadget: eliminate NULL pointer dereference (bugfix)
usb: gadget: uvc: Remove non-required locking from 'uvc_queue_next_buffer' routine
usb: gadget: rndis: fix Missing req->context assignment
usb: musb: omap: fix the error check for pm_runtime_get_sync
usb: gadget: udc-core: fix asymmetric calls in remove_driver
usb: musb: omap: fix crash when musb glue (omap) gets initialized
...
There could be cables that t recannot be attaches simulatenously. Extcon
device drivers may express such information via mutually_exclusive in
struct extcon_dev.
For example, for an extcon device with 16 cables (bits 0 to 15 are
available), if mutually_exclusive = { 0x7, 0xC0, 0x81, 0 }, then, the
following attachments are prohibitted.
{0, 1}
{0, 2}
{1, 2}
{6, 7}
{0, 7}
and every attachment set that are superset of one of the above.
For the detail, please refer to linux/include/linux/extcon.h.
The concept is suggested by NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
--
Changes from V5:
- Updated sysfs format
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
One switch device (e.g., MUIC(MAX8997, MAX77686, ...), and some 30-pin
devices) may have multiple cables attached. For example, one
30-pin port may inhabit a USB cable, an HDMI cable, and a mic.
Thus, one switch device requires multiple state bits each representing
a type of cable.
For such purpose, we use the 32bit state variable; thus, up to 32
different type of cables may be defined for a switch device. The list of
possible cables is defined by the array of cable names in the switch_dev
struct given to the class.
Signed-off-by: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
--
Changes from V7
- Bugfixed in _call_per_cable() (incorrect nb) (Chanwoo Choi)
- Compiler error in header for !CONFIG_EXTCON (Chanwoo Choi)
Changes from V5
- Sysfs style reformed: subdirectory per cable.
- Updated standard cable names
- Removed unnecessary printf
- Bugfixes after testing
Changes from V4
- Bugfixes after more testing at Exynos4412 boards with userspace
processses.
Changes from V3
- Bugfixes after more testing at Exynos4412 boards.
Changes from V2
- State can be stored by user
- Documentation updated
Changes from RFC
- Switch is renamed to extcon
- Added kerneldoc comments
- Added APIs to support "standard" cable names
- Added helper APIs to support notifier block registration with cable
name.
- Regrouped function list in the header file.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
State changes of extcon devices have been notified via kobjet_uevent.
This patch adds notifier interfaces in order to allow device drivers to
get notified easily. Along with notifier interface,
extcon_get_extcon_dev() function is added so that device drivers may
discover a extcon_dev easily.
Signed-off-by: Donggeun Kim <dg77.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
--
Changes from RFC
- Renamed switch to extcon
- Bugfix: extcon_dev_unregister()
- Bugfix: "edev->dev" is "internal" data.
- Added kerneldoc comments.
- Reworded comments.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The generic GPIO extcon driver (an external connector device based on
GPIO control) and imported from Android kernel.
switch: switch class and GPIO drivers. (splitted)
Author: Mike Lockwood <lockwood@android.com>
switch: gpio: Don't call request_irq with interrupts disabled
Author: Arve Hjønnevåg <arve@android.com>
switch_gpio: Add missing #include <linux/interrupt.h>
Author: Mike Lockwood <lockwood@android.com>
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
--
Changed from v7:
- Style updates mentioned by Stephen Boyd and Mark Brown
Changed from v5:
- Splitted at v5 from the main extcon patch.
- Added debounce time for irq handlers.
- Use request_any_context_irq instead of request_irq
- User needs to specify irq flags for GPIO interrupts (was fixed to
IRQF_TRIGGER_LOW before)
- Use module_platform_driver().
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
External connector class (extcon) is based on and an extension of
Android kernel's switch class located at linux/drivers/switch/.
This patch provides the before-extension switch class moved to the
location where the extcon will be located (linux/drivers/extcon/) and
updates to handle class properly.
The before-extension class, switch class of Android kernel, commits
imported are:
switch: switch class and GPIO drivers. (splitted)
Author: Mike Lockwood <lockwood@android.com>
switch: Use device_create instead of device_create_drvdata.
Author: Arve Hjønnevåg <arve@android.com>
In this patch, upon the commits of Android kernel, we have added:
- Relocated and renamed for extcon.
- Comments, module name, and author information are updated
- Code clean for successing patches
- Bugfix: enabling write access without write functions
- Class/device/sysfs create/remove handling
- Added comments about uevents
- Format changes for extcon_dev_register() to have a parent dev.
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
--
Changes from v7
- Compiler error fixed when it is compiled as a module.
- Removed out-of-date Kconfig entry
Changes from v6
- Updated comment/strings
- Revised "Android-compatible" mode.
* Automatically activated if CONFIG_ANDROID && !CONFIG_ANDROID_SWITCH
* Creates /sys/class/switch/*, which is a copy of /sys/class/extcon/*
Changes from v5
- Split the patch
- Style fixes
- "Android-compatible" mode is enabled by Kconfig option.
Changes from v2
- Updated name_show
- Sysfs entries are handled by class itself.
- Updated the method to add/remove devices for the class
- Comments on uevent send
- Able to become a module
- Compatible with Android platform
Changes from RFC
- Renamed to extcon (external connector) from multistate switch
- Added a seperated directory (drivers/extcon)
- Added kerneldoc comments
- Removed unused variables from extcon_gpio.c
- Added ABI Documentation.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
It won't find any, yet. Fix up callers to match: standard mode codes
will look prefer r-b modes for a given size if present, EST3 mode codes
will look for exactly the r-b-ness mentioned in the mode code. This
might mean fewer modes matched for EST3 mode codes between now and when
the DMT mode list regrows the r-b modes, but practically speaking EST3
codes don't exist in the wild.
Signed-off-by: Adam Jackson <ajax@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Rodrigo Vivi <rodrigo.vivi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
These functions return the chroma subsampling factors for the specified
pixel format.
Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
This function returns the bytes per pixel value based on the pixel
format and plane index.
Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
There will be a need for this function in drm_crtc.c later. This
avoids making drm_crtc.c depend on drm_crtc_helper.c.
Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
During the recent blkcg cleanup, most of blkcg API has changed to such
extent that mass renaming wouldn't cause any noticeable pain. Take
the chance and cleanup the naming.
* Rename blkio_cgroup to blkcg.
* Drop blkio / blkiocg prefixes and consistently use blkcg.
* Rename blkio_group to blkcg_gq, which is consistent with io_cq but
keep the blkg prefix / variable name.
* Rename policy method type and field names to signify they're dealing
with policy data.
* Rename blkio_policy_type to blkcg_policy.
This patch doesn't cause any functional change.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
All blkcg policies were assumed to be enabled on all request_queues.
Due to various implementation obstacles, during the recent blkcg core
updates, this was temporarily implemented as shooting down all !root
blkgs on elevator switch and policy [de]registration combined with
half-broken in-place root blkg updates. In addition to being buggy
and racy, this meant losing all blkcg configurations across those
events.
Now that blkcg is cleaned up enough, this patch replaces the temporary
implementation with proper per-queue policy activation. Each blkcg
policy should call the new blkcg_[de]activate_policy() to enable and
disable the policy on a specific queue. blkcg_activate_policy()
allocates and installs policy data for the policy for all existing
blkgs. blkcg_deactivate_policy() does the reverse. If a policy is
not enabled for a given queue, blkg printing / config functions skip
the respective blkg for the queue.
blkcg_activate_policy() also takes care of root blkg creation, and
cfq_init_queue() and blk_throtl_init() are updated accordingly.
This replaces blkcg_bypass_{start|end}() and update_root_blkg_pd()
unnecessary. Dropped.
v2: cfq_init_queue() was returning uninitialized @ret on root_group
alloc failure if !CONFIG_CFQ_GROUP_IOSCHED. Fixed.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
With per-queue policy activation, root blkg creation will be moved to
blkcg core. Add q->root_blkg in preparation. For blk-throtl, this
replaces throtl_data->root_tg; however, cfq needs to keep
cfqd->root_group for !CONFIG_CFQ_GROUP_IOSCHED.
This is to prepare for per-queue policy activation and doesn't cause
any functional difference.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Remove BLKIO_POLICY_* enums and let blkio_policy_register() allocate
@pol->plid dynamically on registration. The maximum number of blkcg
policies which can be registered at the same time is defined by
BLKCG_MAX_POLS constant added to include/linux/blkdev.h.
Note that blkio_policy_register() now may fail. Policy init functions
updated accordingly and unnecessary ifdefs removed from cfq_init().
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
This reverts commit a15d49fd30 as that
patch broke the build.
Cc: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Freeze and restore can call the custom init/exit functions.
Also the patch adds a custom data field that can be used
for storing platform data useful on restore the embedded
setup (e.g. GPIO, SYSCFG).
Signed-off-by: Francesco Virlinzi <francesco.virlinzi@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MMIO that are split across a page boundary are currently broken - the
code does not expect to be aborted by the exit to userspace for the
first MMIO fragment.
This patch fixes the problem by generalizing the current code for handling
16-byte MMIOs to handle a number of "fragments", and changes the MMIO
code to create those fragments.
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Pull nfsd bugfixes from J. Bruce Fields:
"One bugfix, and one minor header fix from Jeff Layton while we're
here"
* 'for-3.4' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux:
nfsd: include cld.h in the headers_install target
nfsd: don't fail unchecked creates of non-special files
Fix the warning:
In file included from /home/lyakh/software/project/24/src/linux-2.6/drivers/media/video/v4l2-subdev.c:29:
linux-2.6/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h:497: warning: 'struct file' declared inside parameter list
linux-2.6/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h:497: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
linux-2.6/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h:505: warning: 'struct file' declared inside parameter list
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Merge reason: development work has dependency on kvm patches merged
upstream.
Conflicts:
Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Put use & mask on same location to avoid two holes on 64bit arches
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow clk API users to simplify their cleanup paths by providing a
managed version of clk_get() and clk_put().
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Add two functions to add APB and AHB devices to the amba (PrimeCell)
bus dynamically. This is modeled after the static definition
macros recently introduced into <linux/amba/bus.h> and can
help us in factoring out a bunch of code across the kernel.
Since a lot of call sites seem to be using a returned struct
amba device* pointer, let's use that.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Pull KVM updates from Marcelo Tosatti.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/virt/kvm/kvm:
KVM: lock slots_lock around device assignment
KVM: VMX: Fix kvm_set_shared_msr() called in preemptible context
KVM: unmap pages from the iommu when slots are removed
KVM: PMU emulation: GLOBAL_CTRL MSR should be enabled on reset
Fixes a regression in VIDIOC_QUERYMENU introduced when the __s64 value
field was added to the union. On a 64-bit system this will change the
size of this v4l2_querymenu structure from 44 to 48 bytes, thus
breaking the ABI. By adding the packed attribute it is working again.
Tested on both 64 and 32 bit systems.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
* tag 'v3.4-rc3': (3755 commits)
Linux 3.4-rc3
x86-32: fix up strncpy_from_user() sign error
ARM: 7386/1: jump_label: fixup for rename to static_key
ARM: 7384/1: ThumbEE: Disable userspace TEEHBR access for !CONFIG_ARM_THUMBEE
ARM: 7382/1: mm: truncate memory banks to fit in 4GB space for classic MMU
ARM: 7359/2: smp_twd: Only wait for reprogramming on active cpus
PCI: Fix regression in pci_restore_state(), v3
SCSI: Fix error handling when no ULD is attached
ARM: OMAP: clock: cleanup CPUfreq leftovers, fix build errors
ARM: dts: remove blank interrupt-parent properties
ARM: EXYNOS: Fix Kconfig dependencies for device tree enabled machine files
do not export kernel's NULL #define to userspace
ARM: EXYNOS: Remove broken config values for touchscren for NURI board
ARM: EXYNOS: set fix xusbxti clock for NURI and Universal210 boards
ARM: EXYNOS: fix regulator name for NURI board
ARM: SAMSUNG: make SAMSUNG_PM_DEBUG select DEBUG_LL
cpufreq: OMAP: fix build errors: depends on ARCH_OMAP2PLUS
sparc64: Eliminate obsolete __handle_softirq() function
sparc64: Fix bootup crash on sun4v.
ARM: msm: Fix section mismatches in proc_comm.c
...
There is no need to have flags as unsigned long. Make it unsigned int
and put it together with irq so it does not waste space on 64 bit.
Make irq unsigned int while at it.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Pull fuse updates from Miklos Szeredi.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mszeredi/fuse:
fuse: use flexible array in fuse.h
fuse: allow nanosecond granularity
fuse: O_DIRECT support for files
fuse: fix nlink after unlink
klist_iter_init_node() takes a node as a start argument.
However, this node might not be valid anymore.
This patch updates the klist_iter_init_node() and
dependent functions to return an error if so.
All calling functions have been audited to check
for a return code here.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartmann <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Cc: Stable Kernel <stable@kernel.org>
Cc: Linux Kernel <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The "KT" serial port has another use case for a "received break" quirk,
so before adding another special case to the 8250 core take this
opportunity to push such quirks out of the core and into a uart_port op.
Stephen says:
"If the callback function is to no longer live in 8250.c itself,
arch/arm/mach-tegra/devices.c isn't logically a good place to put it,
and that file will be going away once we get rid of all the board files
and move solely to device tree."
...so since 8250_pci.c houses all the quirks for pci serial devices this
quirk is similarly housed in of_serial.c. Once the open firmware
conversion completes the infrastructure details
(include/linux/of_serial.h, and the export) can all be removed to make
this self contained to of_serial.c.
Cc: Nhan H Mai <nhan.h.mai@intel.com>
Cc: Colin Cross <ccross@android.com>
Cc: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
[stephen: kill CONFIG_SERIAL_TEGRA in favor just using CONFIG_ARCH_TEGRA]
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Sudhakar Mamillapalli <sudhakar@fb.com>
Reported-by: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Updated the generic SPI EEPROM driver AT25 for support of an additional address
bit in the instruction byte. Certain EEPROMS have a size that is larger than the
number of address bytes would allow (e.g. like M95040 from ST that has 512 Byte
size but uses only one address byte (A0 to A7) for addressing.) For the extra
address bit (A8, A16 or A24) bit 3 of the instruction byte is used. This
instruction bit is normally defined as don't care for other AT25 like chips.
Reviewed-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ivo Sieben <meltedpianoman@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
In devices using ehci-sh, initialization of the PHY may be necessary.
This adds platform data to ehci-sh and provide function to initialize PHY.
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
CC: Shimoda, Yoshihiro <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com>
Acked-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Add support for ULPI and UTMI PHYs based on usb controller
version info read from device-tree
Example of USB Controller versioning info:
Version 1.2 and below : MPC8536, MPC8315, etc
Version 1.6 : P1020, P1010, P2020, P5020, etc
Version 2.2 : PSC9131, PSC9132, P3060, etc
No changes for non-DT users
Signed-off-by: Ramneek Mehresh <ramneek.mehresh@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Li Yang <leoli@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Allow drivers to return EOPNOTSUPP to user space even when filtered
through usb_translate_errors.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Some cores like the USB core have two address spaces. In the USB host
controller one address space is used for the OHCI and the other for the
EHCI controller interface. The USB controller is the only core I found
with two address spaces. This code is based on the AI scan function
ai_scan() in shared/aiutils.c in the Broadcom SDK.
CC: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
In preparation for ASoC DSP support.
Add a DAPM API call to determine whether a DAPM audio path is valid between
source and sink widgets. This also takes into account all kcontrol mux and mixer
settings in between the source and sink widgets to validate the audio path.
This will be used by the DSP core to determine the runtime DAI mappings
between FE and BE DAIs in order to run PCM operations.
Signed-off-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This patch converts tps65090 regulator driver to use generic regmap
enable/disable operations.
Also move struct tps65090 to include/linux/mfd/tps65090.h because
the regulator driver needs to access the rmap field of struct tps65090.
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Venu Byravarasu <vbyravarasu@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Add a vbus_gpio field to platform data. This mirrors the device tree
property nvidia,vbus-gpio. This makes the VBUS GPIO handling identical
between booting with board files and device tree; the driver always does
it.
This removes the need for board files to request and initialize the GPIO
early during their boot process, perhaps even before the GPIO driver is
ready to process the request.
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Cc: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
These functions allow the driver core to automatically clean up any
allocations made by drivers, thus leading to simplified drivers.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Add a pinconf op so that pin controller drivers can decode their pin
config settings for debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This patch adds macros of_property_for_each_u32() and
of_property_for_each_string(), which iterate over an array of values
within a device-tree property. Usage is for example:
struct property *prop;
const __be32 *p;
u32 u;
of_property_for_each_u32(np, "propname", prop, p, u)
printk("U32 value: %x\n", u);
struct property *prop;
const char *s;
of_property_for_each_string(np, "propname", prop, s)
printk("String value: %s\n", s);
Based on work by Rob Herring <robherring2@gmail.com>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Most of the SoC drivers implement list_groups() and list_functions()
routines for pinctrl and pinmux. These routines continue returning
zero until the selector argument is greater than total count of
available groups or functions.
This patch replaces these list_*() routines with get_*_count()
routines, which returns the number of available selection for SoC
driver. pinctrl layer will use this value to check the range it can
choose.
This patch fixes all user drivers for this change. There are other
routines in user drivers, which have checks to check validity of
selector passed to them. It is also no more required and hence
removed.
Documentation updated as well.
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>
[Folded in fix and fixed a minor merge artifact manually]
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
During pinctrl_get(), if the client device has a device tree node, look
for the common pinctrl properties there. If found, parse the referenced
device tree nodes, with the help of the pinctrl drivers, and generate
mapping table entries from them.
During pinctrl_put(), free any results of device tree parsing.
Acked-by: Dong Aisheng <dong.aisheng@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Macros in <linux/pinctrl/machine.h> call ARRAY_SIZE(), the definition of
which eventually calls BUILD_BUG_ON_ZERO(), which is defined in
<linux/bug.h>. Include that so that every .c file using the pinctrl macros
doesn't have to do that itself.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The pinctrl_register_mappings is defined in core.c, so change the dependent
macro from CONFIG_MUX to CONFIG_PINCTRL.
The compile error message is:
drivers/pinctrl/core.c:886: error: redefinition of 'pinctrl_register_mappings'
include/linux/pinctrl/machine.h:160: note: previous definition of 'pinctrl_register_mappings' was here
make[2]: *** [drivers/pinctrl/core.o] Error 1
make[1]: *** [drivers/pinctrl] Error 2
make: *** [drivers] Error 2
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <dong.aisheng@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Along with the IEC-60958 channel status word, CEA-861 Audio InfoFrames
are used in HDMI and DisplayPort to describe the parameters of the audio
stream. Hence, drivers for such devices may use these definitions to, for
instance, fill a CEA-861 data structure and pass it to a display driver
to configure an IP.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Neri <ricardo.neri@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/sock.h:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:377): No description found for parameter 'sk_peek_off'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Functionally, this change is a NOP.
Semantically, rt6_clean_expires() wants to do rt->dst.from = NULL instead of
rt->dst.expires = 0. It is clearing the RTF_EXPIRES flag, so the union is going
to be treated as a pointer (dst.from) not a long (dst.expires).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 1716a961 (ipv6: fix problem with expired dst cache) broke PMTU
discovery. rt6_update_expires() calls dst_set_expires(), which only updates
dst->expires if it has not been set previously (expires == 0) or if the new
expires is earlier than the current dst->expires.
rt6_update_expires() needs to zero rt->dst.expires, otherwise it will contain
ivalid data left over from rt->dst.from and will confuse dst_set_expires().
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is inspired by
https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/4/16/14
which fixes the build warnings for arches that don't support
CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_SECCOMP_FILTER.
In particular, there is no requirement for the return value of
secure_computing() to be checked unless the architecture supports
seccomp filter. Instead of silencing the warnings with (void)
a new static inline is added to encode the expected behavior
in a compiler and human friendly way.
v2: - cleans things up with a static inline
- removes sfr's signed-off-by since it is a different approach
v1: - matches sfr's original change
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Will Drewry <wad@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <james.l.morris@oracle.com>
Add a empty irq_of_parse_and_map() function that returns 0 for non-dt
builds and avoid having #ifdef CONFIG_OF around all calls to
irq_of_parse_and_map(). In addition to that, the irq_of_parse_and_map()
function declaration is made available only if CONFIG_OF_IRQ is defined,
which is the same config option that makes the irq_of_parse_and_map()
function definition available. While at it, fix a typo as well.
Changes since v1:
- Moved irq_of_parse_and_map() function declaration under CONFIG_OF_IRQ.
- Fix a minor typo in comments.
Suggested-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Abraham <thomas.abraham@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
[grant.likely: fix bug causing SPARC to break]
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
There is nothing audio-specific about the rcode_string() helper, so move
it from snd-firewire-lib into firewire-core to allow other code to use it.
Signed-off-by: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de> (fixed sound/firewire/cmp.c)
Seen with recent libdc1394: If a client mmap()s the buffer of an
isochronous reception buffer with PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE instead of just
PROT_READ, firewire-core sets the wrong DMA mapping direction during
buffer initialization.
The fix is to split fw_iso_buffer_init() into allocation and DMA mapping
and to perform the latter after both buffer and DMA context were
allocated. Buffer allocation and context allocation may happen in any
order, but we need the context type (reception or transmission) in order
to set the DMA direction of the buffer.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
This reverts commit 98d8618af3 as it
breaks the build of the muic driver.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Arnd Bergmann
Peter Zijlstra
Antonio Ospite
Ingo Molnar
Hans Verkuil
Sakari Ailus
Russell King
Shmulik Ladkani
Huang Shijie
Brian Norris
John Crispin
Mike Dunn
Mark Brown
Donghwa Lee
Kuninori Morimoto
Laxman Dewangan
Takashi Iwai
Olof Johansson
Joe Perches
Shawn Guo
Linus Torvalds
Eric Dumazet
Linus Walleij
Jean Delvare
Stephen Warren
David Daney
Roland Stigge
Lan Tianyu
Matthew Garrett
Alexander Shishkin
Jörn Engel
Rafael J. Wysocki
Paul E. McKenney
Rob Clark
Jeff Moyer
Ricardo Neri
Tomi Valkeinen
David Howells
Dmitry Torokhov
Jean-François Dagenais
Paul Parsons
Pavel Emelyanov
Nicolas Dichtel
David S. Miller
Steven Rostedt
Andrzej Pietrasiewicz
Benoit Goby
Ivo Sieben
Guennadi Liakhovetski
Lars Ellenberg
Paul Mundt
Stuart Hodgson
Grant Likely
Chris Boot
Chanwoo Choi
Nicholas Bellinger
Paul E. McKenney
Mircea Gherzan
Tomas Winkler
Peter Ujfalusi
Trond Myklebust
Jerome Glisse
Tony Lindgren
Aaron Sierra
Johan Hovold
Kyle McMartin
Thomas Abraham
Seungwon Jeon
Seth Heasley
Alessandro Rubini
Robert Richter
Philipp Reisner
Florian Westphal
Hans Schillstrom
NeilBrown
Mat Martineau
Marcel Holtmann
Syam Sidhardhan
Andre Guedes
Andrei Emeltchenko
Gustavo Padovan
Andre Guedes
David Herrmann
Ashok Nagarajan
Ben Greear
Andrew Lunn
Greg Kroah-Hartman
Sascha Hauer
Shlomo Pongratz
Oren Duer
Pablo Neira Ayuso
Or Gerlitz
Julian Anastasov
Eric Leblond
Jingoo Han
Minho Ban
Thomas Gleixner
Joonyoung Shim
Inki Dae
Kay Sievers
Johannes Berg
Sage Weil
Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk
Andy Whitcroft
Hans de Goede
Wei Yang
Bjorn Helgaas
Dave Airlie
Hiroshi Shimamoto
Daniel Drake
Joerg Roedel
Daniel Vetter
Christoph Hellwig
Alexander Duyck
Benjamin Herrenschmidt
Jan Kara
Ramakrishna Pallala
Arve Hjønnevåg
Lin Ming
Anton Vorontsov
Alan Cox
Michael Davidson
Karsten Keil
Lukasz Majewski
Thierry Reding
James Morris
Eric W. Biederman
Yuchung Cheng
Magnus Damm
David Teigland
Aneesh V
Saravana Kannan
Rajendra Nayak
Dong Aisheng
John W. Linville
Oliver Neukum
Chris Elston
James Chapman
Jim Cromie
Jens Axboe
Jonas Aaberg
Virupax Sadashivpetimath
Henrik Rydberg
Konstantin Weitz
Brian Austin
Ashish Jangam
Yinghai Lu
H. Peter Anvin
Lai Jiangshan
Jiri Kosina
Felipe Balbi
Michael Hennerich
Lars-Peter Clausen
Darrick J. Wong
Heiko Stübner
Benjamin LaHaise
Frederic Weisbecker
Bryan Schumaker
Fred Isaman
Randy Dunlap
Robert Morell
Adam Jackson
Robert Jarzmik
Liam Girdwood
Ying Han
Shan Wei
Jonathan Cameron
Richard Kennedy
Anatol Pomozov
John Soni Jose
Jan Engelhardt
Michel Machado
Dave Jones
Rob Herring
Viresh Kumar
Mike Turquette
Alan Stern
Jan Kiszka
Peter Huang (Peng)
Vaibhav Nagarnaik
Wey-Yi Guy
Kristoffer KARLSSON
Carlos Chinea
Dan Williams
Grazvydas Ignotas
Geert Uytterhoeven
Nicolas Pitre
Neal Cardwell
Jiri Pirko
Al Viro
Chuanxiao Dong
John Stultz
Wolfram Sang
Marcelo Tosatti
MyungJoo Ham
Donggeun Kim
Ville Syrjälä
Tejun Heo
Francesco Virlinzi
Avi Kivity
Mark Brown
Hans Verkuil
Mauro Carvalho Chehab
Hannes Reinecke
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu
Ramneek Mehresh
Hauke Mehrtens
Axel Lin
Stephen Warren
Jiri Bohac
Will Drewry
Clemens Ladisch
Stefan Richter